Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS
      • 2.4L
      • 3.0L
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Tech Tips
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views - 3.0L
      • Connector End Views
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-23) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-23)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (C-79)
        • Backup Light Switch Connector End View (B-37) (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-39)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View (C-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-91) Connector End View
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-13) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-31) Connector End View
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-36)
        • Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-63)
        • Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Connector End View (F-38)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Radio Tape Player Cd Player And CD Auto Changer Connector End View (C-22)
        • Convertible Top Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-117) Connector End View
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-112) Connector End View
        • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Turn-Signal Light And Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-16) (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-84)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-04)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-25)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-110) Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-22) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Joint Connector (C-77) Connector End View
        • Ambient Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-5)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Door Speaker Connector End View (E-01)
        • Column Switch Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (Without Intake Manifold Tuning System)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-42)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Joint Connector (C-78) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1 And 2) Connector End View (C-107, C-105)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-06) (Eclipse)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-06) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Water Shut Valve Controller Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-102) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-72)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-12) (LH)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-101) Connector End View
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-38)
        • ECM (M/T) Or PCM (A/T) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X)
        • AC-ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (D-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (D-10)
        • Idle Air Control Motor Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-26)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Blower Fan And Motor Connector End View
        • Injector Intermediate Connector (B-48) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-33) (With Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-87)
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-76)
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-41, C-42)
        • Convertible Top Bypass Switch Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-17) (Eclipse)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-98)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-2)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, RH) Connector End View (E-04)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-118, C-119)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-4)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-89) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-74)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-27)
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-95) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-16) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (A-18X)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-43)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-22) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-94) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (A-34)
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-59)
        • A/C Switch & Blower Switch Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View (A-30)
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (F-23) (Eclipse)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-116)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (C-21)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, 02, 05, 06, 25 And 26)
        • Front ECU Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-03)
        • Defroster Switch Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-24)
        • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View (C-20)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-41)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (D-01) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-11)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-15) (LH)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-3)
        • A/C ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Light-ECU Connector End View (A-38)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-96)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-38)
        • Interlock Switch Connector End View (C-02)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-20) (With Intake)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-10)
        • Compass Sensor Connector End View (D-23) (Eclipse)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (D-20) (Eclipse)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-65)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-85)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-27)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-25)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-37)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Water Shut Motor Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-1)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-05)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-08)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (F-19) (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (C-82)
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-28)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-24)
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger's Side Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-11)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-108) Connector End View
        • Luggage Compartment Light Connector End View (F-21)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-49)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Vacuum Pump Connector End View (A-01)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-111) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (D-17) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector(B-36) Connector End View (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (F-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (F-07) (Eclipse)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-86)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-02) (RH)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (With Intake)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-15) (Eclipse)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-29)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-07) Connector End View
        • Center Speaker Connector End View (C-08)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (A-17X)
        • ETACS- ECU Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-90) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (C-50, C-51 And C-52)
        • Motor Antenna Assembly Connector End View (F-35)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-04)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-58)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-31) (Without Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Power Seat Motor Connector End View
        • ABS-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-28)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (F-20) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-52, C-55, C-59, C-63)
        • Revolution Pick-Up Sensor Connector End View (B-18)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-09)
        • AC ECU Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-04X)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, LH) Connector End View (E-11)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-21) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-19)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Ignition Distributor Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-45)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (D-08, D-09)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Passengers Side) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-07)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-19)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
        • Notes
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Antenna
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Communication Devices
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Lid Opener Function
            • Sunroof
              • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
            • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Fog Light
            • Dome Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • How To Check Ecus
          • Service Data Check
            • Notes
            • < Data List Reference Table >
              • Notes
              • COLUMN ECU (column switch)
              • ETACS Ecu
              • Front Ecu
              • Wiper
              • Rear Wiper
              • Lighting
              • Turn Signal
              • Buzzer
              • Sunroof
              • Theft Alarm
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
        • < Ecu Communication System >
        • < Function System >
      • Defects Found During Input Signal Check
        • Notes
        • < SWS Monitor >
        • < Scan Tool Or Voltmeter >
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication with the SWS Monitor Kit is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication with the Column Switch (Column-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication with the ETACS-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication with the Front-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication with the Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
            • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Lock System does not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors do not Lock or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock with just the Driver's or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Down Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Auto Down Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows do not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only Door Window (LH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Notes
              • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Only Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Sub-switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Twice
          • Trunk Lid Open Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Trunk Switch
          • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, the Turn-signal Lights and the Horn do not Operate Through the Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code cannot be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning Sunroof
          • Sunroof Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any of the Sunroof Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism does not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Wipers do not Work When the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "INT" or "MIST" Position or the Windshield Washer Switch is at "ON" Position. However, the Wipers Work at Low Speed when the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "LO" or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Any of the Windshield Wiper Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval can not be Adjusted by Means of Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval is not Changed According to the Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-7: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Washer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
              • Rear Wiper Control
              • Rear Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (A/T)
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (M/T)
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper and Washer: When the Selector Lever is Moved to "R" Position during the Rear Wiper Operation, the Rear Wiper does not Operate at the Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Washer does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
              • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
              • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
          • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Notes
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT FUNCTION < Vehicles for CANADA>
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT < Vehicles FOR CANADA>
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights does not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (Low-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (High-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight, Tail Light: When the Passing Switch is Turned "ON", the Headlights (Low-beam or High-beam) do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights do not Illuminate When the Lighting Switch is at "AUTO," "TAIL," and "PASSING" Position, but Illuminate at Low-beam when the Switch is at "HEAD" Position. At this Position, the Headlights cannot be Changed into High Beam by Operating the Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights, the Position Lights, the Side Marker Light or the License Plate Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-7: One of the headlights does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-8: The High-beam Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight and Taillight: Daytime running light function does not work normally. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-12: Headlight and Taillight: When the daytime running light function is operating, the headlights (low-beam) continue lighting in a reduced beam state even if the headlight switch turns on. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-13: Headlight and Taillight: When the ignition switch is turned from on to off, the headlights darken significantly. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Light
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-signal Lights does not Flash when the Turn-signal Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights do not Illuminate when the Hazard Warning Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: The Right or Left Turn-signal Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
          • FOGLIGHT
          • General Circuit Diagram For The FOGLIGHTS
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Illuminate when the Fog Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Go Out when the Headlights (Low-beam) are Turned Off while the Fog lights are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One of the Fog Lights does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Interior Light Automatic-Shutdown Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE >, Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > and Door-ajar Indicator Light does not Illuminate or Turn off Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: The Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE > or Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > does not Illuminate or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Dome light: Dome Light Dimming Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-4: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic shut down Function does not Operate Correctly.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-alarm System: Theft-alarm System is not Armed (Theft-alarm Indicator Light does not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-alarm System: Horn does not Sound when the Theft-alarm is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-alarm System: Headlights (High-beam) do not Flash when the Theft-alarm System is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-1: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (ACC).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-4: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Backup Light Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-5: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Transmission Range Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or the Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Taillight Switch, the Headlight Switch, the Passing Light Switch, the Dimmer Switch, the Turn-signal Light Switch or Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-8: Column switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive any Signal from the Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, the Windshield Low-speed Wiper Switch, the Windshield High-speed Wiper Switch, the Rear Wiper Switch, the Windshield Washer Switch or the Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-9: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not receive Any Signal from the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-10: Sunroof Switch: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Up, Open or Close/down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-1: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-4: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-5: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Door Lock Switches (Incorporated in Power Window Main Switch and Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-7: ETACS-ECU does not Receive an Auto-stop Signal from the Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-8: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive A Signal From The Liftgate Latch Switch < Eclipse > Or Trunk Lid Latch Switch < Eclipse SPYDER >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-10: The Liftgate Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE > or the Trunk Lid Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE SPYDER > Signal is not Sent to the ETACS-ECU.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-11: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Vehicle Speed Sensor. < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-12: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Vehicle Speed Signal. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-13: Transmitter: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Lock, Unlock, Trunk or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-14: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Interior Light Loaded Signal.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Auto-Cruise Control
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tools
      • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Auto-cruise control system diagnostic trouble codes
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Auto-Cruise Control System Diagnostic Function
        • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III).
        • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • < When Using The Mut-III >
          • < When Using A Auto-Cruise Control Indicator Light >
        • Diagnostic Result Display Method When Using The Auto-Cruise Control Indicator Light
          • Notes
          • < How To Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes Without The Scan Tool >
        • How To Read Data List
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC 11: Auto-cruise Vacuum Pump Drive System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 12: Vehicle Speed Signal System < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 12: Vehicle Speed Signal System < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 14: Stoplight Switch System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 15: Auto-cruise Control Switch System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 16: Auto-cruise Control-ECU
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 17: Throttle Position Sensor and Idle Position Signal System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is not Possible (Communication with the Auto-cruise Control-ECU Only is not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Brake Pedal is Depressed, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Clutch Pedal is Depressed, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled.< M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: When the Selector Lever is Moved to "N" Range, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Auto-cruise Control "CANCEL" Switch is Set to ON, Auto-cruise Control is not Cancelled.
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Auto-cruise Control cannot be Set.
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hunting (Repeated Acceleration and Deceleration) Occurs at the Set Vehicle Speed. < M/T >
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Hunting (Repeated Acceleration and Deceleration) Occurs at the Set Vehicle Speed. < A/T >
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Auto-cruise Control Indicator Light Inside Combination Meter does not Illuminate. (However, Auto-cruise Control is Normal.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check Auto-Cruise Control-Ecu Terminals
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Check
          • Auto-Cruise Control Main Switch Check
            • Notes
            • Auto-cruise Control Setting
            • Speed-increase Setting
            • Speed-Reduction Setting
            • Return to the Set Speed Before Cancellation and Auto-cruise Control Cancellation
        • Auto-Cruise Control System Component Check
          • Stoplight Switch
          • Clutch Pedal Position Switch
          • Transmission Range Switch ("N" Position)
          • Throttle Position Sensor
          • Auto-cruise Vacuum Pump
          • Vacuum Actuator
          • Auto-cruise Control Check
          • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check
      • Auto-Cruise Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Actuator - 2.4L Engine >
          • < Switches, Control Unit And Sensors >
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Control
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Exterior Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Headlights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Infotainment
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Seat Belt Diagnosis
      • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
    • Floor Console Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
    • Trims
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Headlining
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
    • Inside Rear View Mirror
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
    • Front Seat Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
      • Inspection
        • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
      • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
    • Rear Seat Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Front Seat Belt
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
    • Rear Seat Belt
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Position
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Face Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly And Reassembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Face Removal
      • Garnishes And Moldings
        • Special Tools
        • Garnishes And Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Eclipse >
            • < Eclipse SPYDER >
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rear Pillar Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Rear Pillar Garnish Installation.
              • >> B << Roof Drip Molding Installation
      • Aero Parts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Mark
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Door Mirror
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealant And Adhesive
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Seats
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Warning Systems
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Windshield Wiper And Washer
      • General Description
        • Operation
          • Windshield Low-speed (and High-speed) Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
          • Windshield Washer Operation
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Wiper Motor And Link Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Wiper Motor And Link Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Front Wiper Motor Check
            • Notes
            • Wiper Motor at Low-Speed and High-Speed Operation
            • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
          • Front Washer Motor Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check
    • Rear Wiper And Washer
      • General Description
        • Operation
          • Rear Wiper Operation
      • Exterior Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • Rear Washer Operation
      • Rear Wiper
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Washer Nozzle Installation
            • >> B << Grommet Installation
            • >> C << Rear Wiper Arm And Blade Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rear Wiper Motor Check
            • Notes
            • Wiper Motor Operation
            • Wiper Motor at Stop Position Operation
          • Rear Washer Motor Check
          • Rear Wiper And Washer Switch Inspection
• Body & Frame
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Body
      • Hood
        • Body Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Hood Diagnosis
          • Hood Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Locking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Bumper B/Bumper A Installation
        • Inspection
          • Hood Switch Check < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
      • Fender
        • Removal And Installation
      • Fuel Filler Lid
        • Removal And Installation
      • Strut Tower Bar
        • Removal And Installation
      • Window Glass
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Windshield/Water Leak through Quarter Window Glass/Water Leak through Liftgate Glass
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • Window Glass
          • General Information
        • Windshield
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
              • << B >> Windshield Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drip Molding Clip A/Drip Molding Clip B Installation
              • >> B << Front Drip Molding Clip A/Front Drip Molding Clip B Installation
              • >> C << Windshield Upper Molding/Spacer/Window Spacer/Glass Stopper/Windshield Installation
              • >> D << Roof Drip Molding Installation
        • Quarter Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Quarter Window Glass Installation
        • Liftgate Window Glass
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Liftgate Lower Molding Removal
              • << B >> Liftgate Window Glass Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Window Spacer/Glass Stopper/Liftgate Window Glass Installation
      • Quarter Window Glass And Regulator Assembly
        • General Description
          • Power Windows
        • Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Window Glass Diagnosis
          • Window Glass Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Quarter Window Glass Water Leak
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Quarter Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak around Quarter Window Glass Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak from Quarter Trim
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Wind Noise around Quarter Window
              • Diagnosis
        • Power Window Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Power Windows Diagnosis
          • Power Windows Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: None of the Quarter Windows are Open or Close.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Only the Quarter Window < LH > does not Open and Close.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Only the Quarter Window < RH > does not Open and Close.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • On-Vehicle Service
            • Quarter Window Glass Adjustment
        • Quarter Window Glass And Regulator Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Quarter Window Glass Removal
              • << B >> Quarter Window Regulator Assembly Removal
          • Inspection
      • Door
        • General Description
          • Operation
            • Central Door Locking System
            • Power Windows
          • Central Door Locking System Diagnosis
          • Power Window Diagnosis
        • Door Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Glass And Door Diagnosis
          • Glass And Door Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Water Leak through Door Window Glass
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Door Window Malfunction
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Water Leak through Door Edge
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Water Leak through Door Center
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Door Hard to Open
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Door does Open or Close Completely
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Uneven Gap between Body
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Wind Noise around Door
              • Diagnosis
        • How To Locate Wind Noises
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Door Fit Adjustment
          • Door Window Glass Adjustment
          • Door Inside Handle Play Check And Adjustment
          • Door Outside Handle Play Check
          • Circuit Breaker (Incorporated In The Power Window Motor) Inspection
        • Door Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Switch Check
        • Door Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Switch Check
              • Power Window Main Switch Check
              • Power Window Sub Switch Check
        • Door Glass And Regulator
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Power Window Motor/Window Regulator Assembly Installation
              • >> B << Door Window Glass Installation
          • Inspection
            • Power Window Relay Check
        • Door Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Check Installation
          • Inspection
            • Door Lock Actuator Check
              • Actuator Operation Check < Driver's Side >
              • Actuator Operation Check < Passenger's Side >
              • Actuator Switch Check < Driver's Side >
            • Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Driver's Side >
              • < Passenger's Side >
            • Center Door Lock Switch Continuity Check
              • Notes
              • < Driver's Side >
              • < Passenger's Side >
        • Window Glass RUNCHANNEL And Door Opening Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Claw Positions
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip Installation
      • Liftgate
        • Liftgate Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Liftgate Diagnosis
          • Liftgate Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Locking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Liftgate
          • Removal And Installation
        • Liftgate Handle And Latch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Liftgate Latch Switch Check
            • Liftgate Lock Key Cylinder Switch Check
              • < Vehicles With Theft-Alarm System >
        • Liftgate Trim And Waterproof Film
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Clip And Positions
      • Trunk Lid
        • Trunk Lid Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Trunk Lid Diagnosis
          • Trunk Lid Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Difficult Locking and Unlocking
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Uneven Body Clearance
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Uneven Height
              • Diagnosis
        • Trunk Lid
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Harness Connector Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Harness Connector Installation
              • >> B << Trunk Lid Opening Weatherstrip Installation
              • >> C << Bumper Installation
        • Trunk Lid Lock Release Handle And Cable
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Trunk Lid Latch Switch Check
            • Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Check
              • < Vehicles With Keyless Entry System >
      • Keyless Entry System
        • General Description
        • Keyless Entry System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Replace The Transmitter Battery
          • Enabling/Disabling The ANSWERBACK Function
          • Enabling/Disabling The Hazard ANSWERBACK Function
            • Notes
            • <When The Transmitter Is Used After Grounding Data Link Connector Terminal 1>
            • < When The Transmitter Is Used After Connecting The Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.) MB991824 To The Data Link Connector >
            • < When Only The Transmitter Is Used >
          • Enabling/Disabling The Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • Secret Code Registration Method
            • Notes
            • When Vehicle Communication Interface (V.C.I.) MB991824 Is Not Used
            • When Vehicles Communication Interface (V.C.I.) MB991824 Is Used
      • Sunroof Assembly
        • General Description
        • Sunroof Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Water Test
          • Sunroof Fit Adjustment
          • Operation Check
        • Sunroof Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Sunroof Motor Removal
              • << B >> Drain Hose Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Drain Hose Installation
              • >> B << Sunroof Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Roof Lid Glass Operation Current Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Roof Lid Slider Installation
              • >> B << Check Operation
      • Convertible Top
        • General Description
        • Convertible Top Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Electric Convertible Top Diagnosis
          • Electric Convertible Top Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Electric Convertible Top does not Open or Close at the Vehicle Speed of Less than 3 km/h (1.9 mph). (The Door Windows and the Quarter Windows Automatically Lower when the Convertible Top Switch is Operated).
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The Electric Convertible Top does not Open or Close at the Vehicle Speed of Less than 3 km/h (1.9 mph). (The Door Windows and the Quarter Windows do not Automatically Lower when the Convertible Top Switch is Operated. However, the Door Windows and the Quarter Windows Lower and Raise when the Power Window Main Switch is Operated).
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Electric Convertible Top does not Open or Close at the Vehicle Speed of Less than 3 km/h (1.9 mph). (The Door Windows and the Quarter Windows do not Automatically Lower when the Convertible Top Switch is Operated. Also, the Quarter Windows do not Operate when the Power Window Main Switch is Operated).
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Electric Convertible Top Opens or Closes Even at the Vehicle Speed of 3 km/h (1.9 mph) or more.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Convertible Top Fit Adjustment
          • Water Leak Test
            • Definition Of Terms
            • Test Procedures
        • Convertible Top Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Drain Trough Retainer Installation
        • TOPSTACK Drive Motor
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> TOPSTACK Drive Motor Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << TOPSTACK Drive Motor Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • TOPSTACK Drive Motor Assembly Check
        • TOPSTACK Latch Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK No.1 BOW
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK No.2 AND No.3 BOWS
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK No.4 BOW
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK No.5 BOW
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK Front Rail And Center Rail
          • Removal And Installation
          • Disassembly And Assembly
        • TOPSTACK Rear Rail
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Disassembly And Assembly
        • TOPSTACK Control Link Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rivet Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Rivet Installation
        • TOPSTACK Side Stay Pads
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal SERVAICE Point
              • << A >> TOPSTACK Side Stay Pad Assembly Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << TOPSTACK Side Stay Pad Assembly Installation
        • Top Cover Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rivet Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Side Cable Assembly Installation
              • >> B << Rivet Installation
        • TOPSTACK Well
          • Removal And Installation
        • Headliner
          • Removal And Installation
        • Balance Link
          • Removal And Installation
        • Convertible Top Bypass Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Convertible Top Bypass Switch Removal
          • Inspection
            • Convertible Top Bypass Switch Check
        • TOPSTACK Front Header Latch Receiver
          • Removal And Installation
        • Front Roof Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
        • TOPSTACK Rail Weatherstrip
          • Removal And Installation
        • Convertible Top Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Convertible Top Switch Check
        • Convertible Top Control Module
          • Removal And Installation
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
            • < Door >
            • < Sunroof >
          • Sealants
            • < Door >
            • < Fender >
            • < Window Glass >
          • Component Identifications
            • < Door Check >
            • < Door Outer Opening Weatherstrip >
            • < Roof Drip Moulding Clip >
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Position
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Face Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly And Reassembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Face Removal
      • Garnishes And Moldings
        • Special Tools
        • Garnishes And Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Eclipse >
            • < Eclipse SPYDER >
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rear Pillar Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Rear Pillar Garnish Installation.
              • >> B << Roof Drip Molding Installation
      • Aero Parts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Mark
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Door Mirror
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Seat Belt Diagnosis
      • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
    • Floor Console Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
    • Trims
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Headlining
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
    • Inside Rear View Mirror
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
    • Front Seat Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
      • Inspection
        • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
      • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
    • Rear Seat Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Front Seat Belt
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Installation Service Point
          • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
    • Rear Seat Belt
      • Removal And Installation
        • < Eclipse >
        • < Eclipse SPYDER >
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Ignition Switch/Steering Lock
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Mirrors
    • Exterior
      • Front Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Assembly Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Clip And Claw Position
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Bumper Face Removal
      • Rear Bumper Assembly
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Bumper Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Assembly Removal
          • Disassembly And Reassembly
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Rear Bumper Face Removal
      • Garnishes And Moldings
        • Special Tools
        • Garnishes And Moldings
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Eclipse >
            • < Eclipse SPYDER >
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Roof Drip Molding Removal
              • << B >> Rear Pillar Garnish Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Rear Pillar Garnish Installation.
              • >> B << Roof Drip Molding Installation
      • Aero Parts
        • Removal And Installation
      • Mark
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Mark Installation
      • Door Mirror
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Assembly Check
          • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Continuity Check
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Sealant And Adhesive
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Seats
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Abs (Anti-Lock Brake System)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
          • Long Stopping Distances on Loose Road Surfaces
          • Shock at starting check
      • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Brake System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • ABS Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Abs Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using The Abs Warning Light And Special Tool MB991529 >
            • Notes
            • How To Read Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11, 12, 13, 14, 21, 22, 23, 24: Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • DTC11, 12, 13, 14
            • DTC21, 22, 23, 24
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 15: Wheel Speed Sensor (Abnormal Output Signal)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this DTC is to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 38: Stoplight Switch System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Condition
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this DTC is to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48: ABS Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short circuit)/DTC 51: Valve Power Supply/DTC 53: Pump Motor
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the ABS-ECU is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The ABS Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Faulty ABS Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
          • Notes
          • Points In Waveform Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
        • Discharged Battery
      • Master Cylinder And Brake Booster
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Piston Stopper Ring Disassembly
        • Inspection
      • Hydraulic Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Harness Connector Removal
            • << B >> Brake Tube (Front RH) Clamp Removal
            • << C >> Hydraulic Unit Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Tube Installation
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Speed Sensor/Rear Speed Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Speed Sensor/Rear Speed Sensor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Speed Sensor Check
          • Toothed Abs Rotor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Traction Control System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
      • Traction Control System (TCL) Diagnosis
        • TCL Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • TCL Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using The Abs Warning Light And Special Tool MB991529 >
            • Notes
            • How To Read Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 31, 32, 33, 34: TCL Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short Circuit) /DTC 41, 42,43, 44,45,46, 47,48: ABS Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short Circuit) /DTC 51: Valve Power Supply /DTC 53: Pump Motor
          • Circuit Operation
          • TCL DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the ABS-ECU is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the TCL Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the TCL Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The TCL Indicator Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The TCL Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The TCL System does not Operate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely cause for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Notes
          • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Basic Brake System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Configuration Diagram
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Basic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Basic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Basic Brake System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Vehicle Pulls to One Side when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Insufficient Braking Power
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Increased Pedal Stroke (Reduced Pedal-to-Floor Board Clearance)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Brake Drag
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Scraping or Grinding Noise when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Squealing, Groaning or Chattering Noise when Brakes are Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Squealing Noise when Brakes are not Applied
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Groaning, Clicking or Rattling Noise when Brakes are not Applied.
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Brake Pedal Check And Adjustment
          • Brake Pedal Height
          • Brake Pedal Free Play
          • Clearance Between Brake Pedal And Floorboard
        • Stoplight Switch Check
        • Brake Booster Operating Test
        • Check Valve Operation Check
        • Proportioning Valve Function Test
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Brake Fluid Level Sensor Check
        • Disc Brake Pad Check And Replacement
        • Disc Brake Rotor Check
        • Front Brake Disc Run-Out Check And Correction
        • Rear Brake Disc Run-Out Check And Correction
        • Brake Disc Thickness Check
          • < Front >
          • < Rear >
        • Brake Lining Thickness Check
        • Brake Drum Inside Diameter Check
        • Brake Lining And Brake Drum Contact Check
        • Brake Disc Inside Diameter Check
        • Auto Adjuster Function Check
        • Master Cylinder Function Check
      • Brake Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
      • Master Cylinder Assembly And Brake Booster
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Vacuum Hose Connection
            • >> B << Clearance Adjustment Between Brake Booster PUSHROD And Primary Piston
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Piston Stopper Ring Disassembly
        • Inspection
      • Front Disc Brake Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Brake Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Brake Disc Check
          • Notes
          • Pad Wear Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Piston Boot/Piston Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Lock Pin/Guide Pin Installation
      • Rear Disc Brake Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Rear Brake Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Brake Disc Check
          • Notes
          • Pad Wear Check
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • Notes
            • << A >> Piston Boot/Piston Removal
            • << B >> Piston Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Lock Pin/Guide Pin Installation
      • Rear Drum Brake
        • Rear Drum Brake Shoe
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Retainer Removal
            • Installation Service Points
              • >> A << Wave Washer Installation
              • >> B << Retainer Installation
        • Rear Drum Brake Wheel Cylinder
          • Removal And Installation
          • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Notes
            • >> A << Piston Cup/Piston Assembly
        • Inspection
      • Proportioning Valve
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Pipe Connection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealant
  • Parking Brake System
    • Parking Brakes
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Parking Brake Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Parking Brakes Diagnosis
        • Parking Brakes Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Brake Drag
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Insufficient Parking Brake Function
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Parking Brake Lever Stroke Check And Adjustment
        • Parking Brake Switch Check
        • Lining Running-In < Vehicles With Drum-In-Disc Brake >
      • Parking Brake Lever
        • Removal And Installation
      • Parking Brake Cable
        • Removal And Installation < Drum Brake >
        • Removal And Installation < Drum-In-Disc Brake >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Rear Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Shoe Hold-Down Cup Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Adjuster Installation
            • >> B << Shoe-To-Anchor Spring Installation
      • Parking Brake Lining And Drum
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Brake Lining And Brake Drum Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • Traction Control
    • Abs (Anti-Lock Brake System)
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
          • Long Stopping Distances on Loose Road Surfaces
          • Shock at starting check
      • Anti-Lock Braking System (Abs) Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Anti-Lock Brake System Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • ABS Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • Abs Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using The Abs Warning Light And Special Tool MB991529 >
            • Notes
            • How To Read Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 11, 12, 13, 14, 21, 22, 23, 24: Wheel Speed Sensor
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
            • DTC11, 12, 13, 14
            • DTC21, 22, 23, 24
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 15: Wheel Speed Sensor (Abnormal Output Signal)
          • Wheel Speed Sensor Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this DTC is to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 38: Stoplight Switch System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Condition
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this DTC is to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48: ABS Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short circuit)/DTC 51: Valve Power Supply/DTC 53: Pump Motor
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Abs DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the ABS-ECU is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the ABS Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The ABS Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this condition:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Faulty ABS Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
          • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
          • Notes
          • Points In Waveform Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
        • Discharged Battery
      • Master Cylinder And Brake Booster
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Piston Stopper Ring Disassembly
        • Inspection
      • Hydraulic Unit
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Harness Connector Removal
            • << B >> Brake Tube (Front RH) Clamp Removal
            • << C >> Hydraulic Unit Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Brake Tube Installation
      • Wheel Speed Sensor
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Front Speed Sensor/Rear Speed Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Speed Sensor/Rear Speed Sensor Installation
        • Inspection
          • Speed Sensor Check
          • Toothed Abs Rotor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Traction Control System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
          • Notes
          • System Check Sound
          • ABS Operation Sounds and Sensations
      • Traction Control System (TCL) Diagnosis
        • TCL Diagnostic Trouble Code Detection Conditions
        • TCL Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes < Using The Abs Warning Light And Special Tool MB991529 >
            • Notes
            • How To Read Diagnostic Trouble Codes
            • How To Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
          • DTC 31, 32, 33, 34: TCL Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short Circuit) /DTC 41, 42,43, 44,45,46, 47,48: ABS Solenoid Valve inside Hydraulic Unit (Open Circuit or Short Circuit) /DTC 51: Valve Power Supply /DTC 53: Pump Motor
          • Circuit Operation
          • TCL DTC Set Conditions
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for these DTCs are to set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication between the Scan Tool and the ABS-ECU is not Possible.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the TCL Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the Ignition Key is Turned to the "ON" Position (Engine Stopped), the TCL Warning Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The TCL Indicator Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The TCL Warning Light Remains Illuminated after the Engine is Started.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: The TCL System does not Operate.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely cause for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Actuator Test Reference Table
          • Notes
          • Actuator Test Specifications
        • Check At Abs-Ecu
          • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Resistance And Continuity Between Harness-Side Connector Terminals
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Bleeding
          • Notes
          • Master Cylinder Bleeding
          • Brake Line Bleeding
        • Wheel Speed Sensor Output Voltage Measurement
        • Hydraulic Unit Check
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
        • Front Axle
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise during Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Noise due to Excessive Play of Wheel in Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Hub End Play Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Front Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << C >> Tie Rod End/Lower Arm Assembly Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Breakaway Torque Check
          • Hub End Play Check
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Lower Arm Ball Joint/Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << C >> Driveshaft/Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Driveshaft And Inner Shaft/Drive-Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inner Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Center Bearing Removal
            • << C >> TJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dynamic Damper/Damper Band/TJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << Spider Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Center Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Dust Seal Inner/Dust Seal Outer Installation
            • >> E << Inner Shaft Installation
            • >> F << TJ Case And Inner Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> G << TJ Boot Band (Small)/TJ Boot Band (Large) Installation
        • BJ Boot Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Rear Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Rear Hub Rotary-Sliding Resistance Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Abs Rotor Removal
            • << C >> Backing Plate Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Abs Rotor Installation
        • Inspection
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm Disconnection
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Wheel Hubs
    • Front Axle
      • General Description
        • Front Axle
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise during Wheel Rotation
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Noise due to Excessive Play of Wheel in Turning Direction
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Hub End Play Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Front Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << C >> Tie Rod End/Lower Arm Assembly Disconnection
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Wheel Bearing Breakaway Torque Check
          • Hub End Play Check
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Drive Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Driveshaft Nut Removal
            • << B >> Lower Arm Ball Joint/Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << C >> Driveshaft/Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Driveshaft And Inner Shaft/Drive-Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Driveshaft Nut Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Inner Shaft Removal
            • << B >> Center Bearing Removal
            • << C >> TJ Boot Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Dynamic Damper/Damper Band/TJ Boot Installation
            • >> B << Spider Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Center Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Dust Seal Inner/Dust Seal Outer Installation
            • >> E << Inner Shaft Installation
            • >> F << TJ Case And Inner Shaft Assembly Installation
            • >> G << TJ Boot Band (Small)/TJ Boot Band (Large) Installation
        • BJ Boot Replacement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
    • Rear Axle
      • General Description
      • Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Axle Diagnosis
        • Rear Axle Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Wheel Bearing End Play Check
        • Rear Hub Rotary-Sliding Resistance Check
        • Hub Bolt Replacement
      • Rear Axle Hub Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Abs Rotor Removal
            • << C >> Backing Plate Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Abs Rotor Installation
        • Inspection
      • Knuckle
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm Disconnection
        • Inspection
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
    • Connector End Views - 3.0L
      • Connector End Views
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-23) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-23)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (C-79)
        • Backup Light Switch Connector End View (B-37) (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-39)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View (C-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-91) Connector End View
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-13) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-31) Connector End View
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-36)
        • Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-63)
        • Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Connector End View (F-38)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Radio Tape Player Cd Player And CD Auto Changer Connector End View (C-22)
        • Convertible Top Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-117) Connector End View
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-112) Connector End View
        • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Turn-Signal Light And Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-16) (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-84)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-04)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-25)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-110) Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-22) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Joint Connector (C-77) Connector End View
        • Ambient Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-5)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Door Speaker Connector End View (E-01)
        • Column Switch Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (Without Intake Manifold Tuning System)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-42)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Joint Connector (C-78) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1 And 2) Connector End View (C-107, C-105)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-06) (Eclipse)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-06) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Water Shut Valve Controller Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-102) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-72)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-12) (LH)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-101) Connector End View
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-38)
        • ECM (M/T) Or PCM (A/T) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X)
        • AC-ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (D-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (D-10)
        • Idle Air Control Motor Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-26)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Blower Fan And Motor Connector End View
        • Injector Intermediate Connector (B-48) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-33) (With Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-87)
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-76)
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-41, C-42)
        • Convertible Top Bypass Switch Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-17) (Eclipse)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-98)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-2)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, RH) Connector End View (E-04)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-118, C-119)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-4)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-89) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-74)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-27)
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-95) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-16) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (A-18X)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-43)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-22) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-94) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (A-34)
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-59)
        • A/C Switch & Blower Switch Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View (A-30)
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (F-23) (Eclipse)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-116)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (C-21)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, 02, 05, 06, 25 And 26)
        • Front ECU Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-03)
        • Defroster Switch Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-24)
        • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View (C-20)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-41)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (D-01) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-11)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-15) (LH)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-3)
        • A/C ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Light-ECU Connector End View (A-38)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-96)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-38)
        • Interlock Switch Connector End View (C-02)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-20) (With Intake)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-10)
        • Compass Sensor Connector End View (D-23) (Eclipse)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (D-20) (Eclipse)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-65)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-85)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-27)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-25)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-37)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Water Shut Motor Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-1)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-05)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-08)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (F-19) (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (C-82)
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-28)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-24)
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger's Side Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-11)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-108) Connector End View
        • Luggage Compartment Light Connector End View (F-21)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-49)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Vacuum Pump Connector End View (A-01)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-111) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (D-17) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector(B-36) Connector End View (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (F-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (F-07) (Eclipse)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-86)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-02) (RH)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (With Intake)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-15) (Eclipse)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-29)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-07) Connector End View
        • Center Speaker Connector End View (C-08)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (A-17X)
        • ETACS- ECU Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-90) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (C-50, C-51 And C-52)
        • Motor Antenna Assembly Connector End View (F-35)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-04)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-58)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-31) (Without Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Power Seat Motor Connector End View
        • ABS-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-28)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (F-20) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-52, C-55, C-59, C-63)
        • Revolution Pick-Up Sensor Connector End View (B-18)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-09)
        • AC ECU Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-04X)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, LH) Connector End View (E-11)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-21) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-19)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Ignition Distributor Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-45)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (D-08, D-09)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Passengers Side) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-07)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-19)
    • General (Electrical)
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Lid Opener Function
            • Sunroof
              • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
            • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Fog Light
            • Dome Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • How To Check Ecus
          • Service Data Check
            • Notes
            • < Data List Reference Table >
              • Notes
              • COLUMN ECU (column switch)
              • ETACS Ecu
              • Front Ecu
              • Wiper
              • Rear Wiper
              • Lighting
              • Turn Signal
              • Buzzer
              • Sunroof
              • Theft Alarm
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
        • < Ecu Communication System >
        • < Function System >
      • Defects Found During Input Signal Check
        • Notes
        • < SWS Monitor >
        • < Scan Tool Or Voltmeter >
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication with the SWS Monitor Kit is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication with the Column Switch (Column-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication with the ETACS-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication with the Front-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication with the Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
            • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Lock System does not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors do not Lock or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock with just the Driver's or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Down Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Auto Down Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows do not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only Door Window (LH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Notes
              • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Only Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Sub-switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Twice
          • Trunk Lid Open Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Trunk Switch
          • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, the Turn-signal Lights and the Horn do not Operate Through the Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code cannot be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning Sunroof
          • Sunroof Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any of the Sunroof Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism does not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Wipers do not Work When the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "INT" or "MIST" Position or the Windshield Washer Switch is at "ON" Position. However, the Wipers Work at Low Speed when the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "LO" or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Any of the Windshield Wiper Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval can not be Adjusted by Means of Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval is not Changed According to the Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-7: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Washer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
              • Rear Wiper Control
              • Rear Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (A/T)
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (M/T)
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper and Washer: When the Selector Lever is Moved to "R" Position during the Rear Wiper Operation, the Rear Wiper does not Operate at the Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Washer does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
              • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
              • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
          • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Notes
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT FUNCTION < Vehicles for CANADA>
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT < Vehicles FOR CANADA>
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights does not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (Low-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (High-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight, Tail Light: When the Passing Switch is Turned "ON", the Headlights (Low-beam or High-beam) do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights do not Illuminate When the Lighting Switch is at "AUTO," "TAIL," and "PASSING" Position, but Illuminate at Low-beam when the Switch is at "HEAD" Position. At this Position, the Headlights cannot be Changed into High Beam by Operating the Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights, the Position Lights, the Side Marker Light or the License Plate Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-7: One of the headlights does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-8: The High-beam Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight and Taillight: Daytime running light function does not work normally. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-12: Headlight and Taillight: When the daytime running light function is operating, the headlights (low-beam) continue lighting in a reduced beam state even if the headlight switch turns on. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-13: Headlight and Taillight: When the ignition switch is turned from on to off, the headlights darken significantly. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Light
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-signal Lights does not Flash when the Turn-signal Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights do not Illuminate when the Hazard Warning Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: The Right or Left Turn-signal Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
          • FOGLIGHT
          • General Circuit Diagram For The FOGLIGHTS
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Illuminate when the Fog Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Go Out when the Headlights (Low-beam) are Turned Off while the Fog lights are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One of the Fog Lights does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Interior Light Automatic-Shutdown Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE >, Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > and Door-ajar Indicator Light does not Illuminate or Turn off Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: The Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE > or Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > does not Illuminate or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Dome light: Dome Light Dimming Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-4: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic shut down Function does not Operate Correctly.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-alarm System: Theft-alarm System is not Armed (Theft-alarm Indicator Light does not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-alarm System: Horn does not Sound when the Theft-alarm is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-alarm System: Headlights (High-beam) do not Flash when the Theft-alarm System is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-1: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (ACC).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-4: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Backup Light Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-5: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Transmission Range Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or the Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Taillight Switch, the Headlight Switch, the Passing Light Switch, the Dimmer Switch, the Turn-signal Light Switch or Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-8: Column switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive any Signal from the Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, the Windshield Low-speed Wiper Switch, the Windshield High-speed Wiper Switch, the Rear Wiper Switch, the Windshield Washer Switch or the Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-9: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not receive Any Signal from the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-10: Sunroof Switch: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Up, Open or Close/down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-1: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-4: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-5: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Door Lock Switches (Incorporated in Power Window Main Switch and Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-7: ETACS-ECU does not Receive an Auto-stop Signal from the Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-8: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive A Signal From The Liftgate Latch Switch < Eclipse > Or Trunk Lid Latch Switch < Eclipse SPYDER >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-10: The Liftgate Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE > or the Trunk Lid Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE SPYDER > Signal is not Sent to the ETACS-ECU.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-11: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Vehicle Speed Sensor. < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-12: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Vehicle Speed Signal. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-13: Transmitter: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Lock, Unlock, Trunk or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-14: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Interior Light Loaded Signal.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Charging Systems
    • Charging System
      • General Description
      • Operation
      • Charging System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Generator Output Line Voltage Drop Test
        • Output Current Test
        • Regulated Voltage Test
          • Notes
          • Voltage Regulation Table
        • Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • Measurement Method
          • Standard Waveform
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
            • Notes
            • Abnormal Waveforms
      • Generator Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Drive Belt (Power Steering, A/C) Removal
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Notes
            • Disassembly Service Points
              • << A >> Front Bracket Assembly Removal
              • << B >> Generator Pulley Removal
              • << C >> Stator Removal
            • Assembly Service Points
              • >> A << Regulator Assembly Installation
              • >> B << Rotor Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Rotor Check
          • Stator Check
          • Rectifier Check
          • Brush Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Identification
      • Notes
      • Component Location
      • Engine Compartment
        • Notes
        • Fuse Index Information
      • Passenger Compartment
        • Notes
        • Fuse Index Information
    • Fuse Identification Chart
  • Gauges
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
  • Horns
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Chassis Electrical
      • Battery
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Battery Check
            • Notes
            • Battery Visual Inspection (1)
            • Battery Visual Inspection (2)
          • Battery Charging
            • Notes
            • Charge Rate
          • Battery Test
            • Battery Testing Procedure
            • Load Test Chart
            • Load Test Rate Chart
        • Battery
          • Removal And Installation
      • Ignition Switch
        • General Description
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm
          • Immobilizer System
          • Construction Diagram
          • Disposition When Replacing Immobilizer System Related Parts
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Ignition Switch Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Immobilizer System Diagnosis
          • Immobilizer System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Immobilizer System Trouble Code Diagnosis
            • Retrieving and Erasing Immobilizer System Diagnostic Trouble Codes
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
          • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
            • DTC 11: Transponder Communication System or Radio Interference of Encrypted Code
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • DTC 12: Encrypted Codes are not the Same or not Registered
              • DTC Set Condition
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • SYMTPOM Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool MB991958 is Impossible.
              • Notes
              • Communication with scan tool MB991958 is impossible
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Registering the Ignition Key is Impossible.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Engine does not Start (Cranking but no Initial Combustion).
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The "SECURITY" Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Data List Reference Table
        • Check At Immobilizer-Ecu
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • How To Register Encrypted Code
            • Notes
            • Points To Note During Operation
            • Key Id Registration
            • Registration with scan tool MB991958
            • Registration of additional keys with the scan tool
            • Registration of additional key(s) without using the scan tool
            • Registration of additional keys without using the scan tool
          • Transponder Lock Check
        • Ignition Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • >>A<< Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Immobilizer-Ecu Installation
            • Inspection
              • Ignition Switch Continuity Check
            • Key Reminder Switch And Ignition Key Ring Antenna Continuity Check
      • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Introduction To Combination Meter Diagnosis
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Speedometer does not work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Tachometer does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Fuel Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge does not Work.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speedometer Check
          • Tachometer Check
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
            • Notes
            • Fuel Level Sensor Resistance
            • Fuel Level Sensor Float Height
            • Thermistor
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit Check
        • Combination Meter Assembly And Vehicle Speed Sensor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Vehicle Speed Sensor Check < M/T >
            • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Check < A/T >
            • Fuel Gauge Resistance Check
            • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Resistance Check
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Headlight, Front Side Marker Light And Position Light Assembly
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Headlight Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Headlight Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Headlight Adjustment
          • Luminous Intensity Measurement
          • Bulb Replacement
        • Headlight Removal And Installation
          • Removal And Installation
      • Fog Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Fog Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Fog Light Aiming
            • Pre-Aiming Instructions
            • Fog Light Adjustment
          • Replacement Of Replaceable Bulb
        • Fog Light
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Fog Light Switch Continuity Check
            • Fog Light Relay Check
      • Front Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Front Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rear Combination Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Rear Combination Light Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Rear Combination Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Backup Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Backup Light Assembly Diagnosis
        • Special Tool
        • Backup Light
          • Removal And Installation
      • Dome Light
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
          • Dome Light Diagnosis
      • High-Mounted Stoplight
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rheostat
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • REOSTAT Resistance Check
      • Hazard Warning Light Switch
        • Lighting System Diagnosis
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Hazard Warning Light Switch Continuity Check
      • Column Switch
        • Special Tool
        • Column Switch
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Turn-Signal And Lighting Switch Check
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse >
          • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Check < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Horn
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Horn Diagnosis < Vehicle With Keyless Entry System Or Theft Alarm System>
        • Horn
          • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Horn Relay, Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Continuity Check
      • Cigarette Lighter And Accessory Socket
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cigarette Lighter Check
      • Radio With Tape Player
        • Radio With Tape Player And Cd Player, Speaker And Antenna Diagnosis
          • Introduction To Audio System Diagnosis
          • Troubleshooting Strategy
          • Trouble Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When Power Switch is Turned "ON," No Power is Available.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: No Sound. < Vehicles with amplifier >
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: No Sound from One Speaker.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Separate Type CD Payer or CD Auto Changer does not Operate.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Multi-Center Display does not Display the Information Concerning the Audio System Correctly.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (AM).
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Noise Appears at Certain Places when Traveling (FM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Mixed with Noise, Only at Night (AM).
              • Notes
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Broadcasts can be Heard but Both AM and FM have a lot of Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: There is More Noise on Either AM or FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: There is Noise when Starting the Engine.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Some Noise Appears When There is Vibration or Shocks During Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Noise Sometimes Appears on FM during Traveling.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Ever-Present Noise.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: There is Noise but No Reception for Both AM and FM or No Sound from AM, or No Sound from FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Poor Reception.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Distortion on AM or on Both AM and FM.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Distortion on FM Only.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Using the Auto Select Function, Too Few Automatic Stations are Selected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Preset Station are Erased.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: CD can Not be Inserted.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: No Sound. (CD only)
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: CD Sound Skips.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Sound Quality is Poor.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: CD can Not be Ejected.
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Motor Antenna won't Extend or Retract.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Motor Antenna Extends and Reracts but does not Receive Radio Signal.
              • Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Speaker Test
        • Removal And Installation
      • Speaker
        • Special Tool
        • Speaker
          • Removal And Installation
      • Amplifier
        • Special Tool
        • Removal And Installation
      • Antenna
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse >
        • Removal And Installation < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Inspection
          • Glass Antenna Check
          • Motor Antenna Assembly Inspection
        • Antenna Pole Replacement
      • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The system does not accept remote controlled radio switches (RH and LH), but accepts radio and CD player switches.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (RH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The system does not accept the remote controlled radio switch (LH) only.
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Remote Controlled Radio Switch Removal
        • Inspection
          • Remote Controlled Radio Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Window Defogger
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Printed-Heater Lines Check
        • Rear Window Defogger Switch
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Rear Window Defogger Switch
            • Defogger Relay Check
      • Multi-Center Display
        • Equipment Diagnosis
          • Diagnosis
            • Symptom Chart
          • Symptom Procedures
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: The Multi-center Display does not Show any Information.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Compass is not Displayed.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation.
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Compass is not Correct.
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Ambient Temperature Screen Displayed "E0°F" (Ambient Sensor Open Circuit) or "-E5°F" (Ambient Sensor Short Circuit). These are Error Message.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
            • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: The Ambient Temperaure and Compass Screen do not Change.
              • Notes
              • Circuit Operation
              • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Troubleshooting Hints
              • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Compass Calibration
            • One Turn Magnetie Compensation
            • Deflection Angle Compensation
              • Compass Calibration
              • Adjust For Compass Variance
          • Vehicle Magnetic Compensation
            • Demagnetization and correction method
        • Special Tools
        • Removal And Installation
      • Theft Alarm
        • Theft-Alarm System Diagnosis
        • Removal And Installation
          • Theft alarm system component parts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
          • < Immobilizer System >
          • < Combination Meter >
          • < Headlight >
          • < Fog Light >
        • Sealants And Adhesives
          • < Combination Meter >
    • Connector End Views - 3.0L
      • Connector End Views
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-23) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-23)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (C-79)
        • Backup Light Switch Connector End View (B-37) (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-39)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View (C-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-91) Connector End View
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-13) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-31) Connector End View
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-36)
        • Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-63)
        • Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Connector End View (F-38)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Radio Tape Player Cd Player And CD Auto Changer Connector End View (C-22)
        • Convertible Top Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-117) Connector End View
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-112) Connector End View
        • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Turn-Signal Light And Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-16) (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-84)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-04)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-25)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-110) Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-22) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Joint Connector (C-77) Connector End View
        • Ambient Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-5)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Door Speaker Connector End View (E-01)
        • Column Switch Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (Without Intake Manifold Tuning System)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-42)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Joint Connector (C-78) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1 And 2) Connector End View (C-107, C-105)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-06) (Eclipse)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-06) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Water Shut Valve Controller Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-102) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-72)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-12) (LH)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-101) Connector End View
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-38)
        • ECM (M/T) Or PCM (A/T) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X)
        • AC-ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (D-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (D-10)
        • Idle Air Control Motor Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-26)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Blower Fan And Motor Connector End View
        • Injector Intermediate Connector (B-48) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-33) (With Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-87)
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-76)
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-41, C-42)
        • Convertible Top Bypass Switch Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-17) (Eclipse)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-98)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-2)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, RH) Connector End View (E-04)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-118, C-119)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-4)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-89) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-74)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-27)
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-95) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-16) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (A-18X)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-43)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-22) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-94) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (A-34)
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-59)
        • A/C Switch & Blower Switch Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View (A-30)
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (F-23) (Eclipse)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-116)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (C-21)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, 02, 05, 06, 25 And 26)
        • Front ECU Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-03)
        • Defroster Switch Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-24)
        • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View (C-20)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-41)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (D-01) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-11)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-15) (LH)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-3)
        • A/C ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Light-ECU Connector End View (A-38)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-96)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-38)
        • Interlock Switch Connector End View (C-02)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-20) (With Intake)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-10)
        • Compass Sensor Connector End View (D-23) (Eclipse)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (D-20) (Eclipse)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-65)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-85)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-27)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-25)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-37)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Water Shut Motor Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-1)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-05)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-08)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (F-19) (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (C-82)
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-28)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-24)
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger's Side Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-11)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-108) Connector End View
        • Luggage Compartment Light Connector End View (F-21)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-49)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Vacuum Pump Connector End View (A-01)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-111) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (D-17) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector(B-36) Connector End View (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (F-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (F-07) (Eclipse)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-86)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-02) (RH)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (With Intake)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-15) (Eclipse)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-29)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-07) Connector End View
        • Center Speaker Connector End View (C-08)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (A-17X)
        • ETACS- ECU Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-90) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (C-50, C-51 And C-52)
        • Motor Antenna Assembly Connector End View (F-35)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-04)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-58)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-31) (Without Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Power Seat Motor Connector End View
        • ABS-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-28)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (F-20) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-52, C-55, C-59, C-63)
        • Revolution Pick-Up Sensor Connector End View (B-18)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-09)
        • AC ECU Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-04X)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, LH) Connector End View (E-11)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-21) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-19)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Ignition Distributor Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-45)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (D-08, D-09)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Passengers Side) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-07)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-19)
    • General (Electrical)
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
    • Simplified Wiring System (SWS)
      • General Description
        • Communication Method
        • Operation
          • Tone Alarm Function
            • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
            • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • Central Door Locking System
            • Central Door Locking System Operation
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • Power Window Relay Control
            • Power Window Relay Operation
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • Keyless Entry System
            • Keyless Entry ANSWERBACK Function
            • Trunk Lid Opener Function
            • Sunroof
              • Sunroof Operation
            • Sunroof Timer Function
          • Windshield Wipers And Washers
            • Windshield Low-Speed (And High-Speed) Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Intermittent Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Mist Wiper Operation
            • Windshield Washer Operation
          • Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Rear Wiper Operation
            • Rear Washer Operation
            • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • Headlight
            • Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function
          • Flasher Timer
            • Turn-Signal Light
            • Hazard Warning Light
            • Fog Light
            • Dome Light
            • Interior Light Automatic Shutdown Function
            • Door-Ajar Indicator Light
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Theft-Alarm System Operation
            • Panic Alarm Function
            • Configuration Function
      • SWS Diagnosis
        • General Description
          • Before Carrying Out Troubleshooting
          • SWS Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
          • How To Connect SWS Monitor
          • How To Use SWS Monitor
          • How To Check Ecus
          • Service Data Check
            • Notes
            • < Data List Reference Table >
              • Notes
              • COLUMN ECU (column switch)
              • ETACS Ecu
              • Front Ecu
              • Wiper
              • Rear Wiper
              • Lighting
              • Turn Signal
              • Buzzer
              • Sunroof
              • Theft Alarm
          • Pulse Check
      • Symptom Chart
        • < Ecu Communication System >
        • < Function System >
      • Defects Found During Input Signal Check
        • Notes
        • < SWS Monitor >
        • < Scan Tool Or Voltmeter >
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-1: Communication with the SWS Monitor Kit is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-2: Communication with the Column Switch (Column-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-3: Communication with the ETACS-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-4: Communication with the Front-ECU is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE A-5: Communication with the Sunroof Motor Assembly (Sunroof-ECU) is not possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Tone Alarm
          • General Description Concerning Tone Alarm
          • Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
            • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
            • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-1: Tone Alarm: Ignition Key Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-2: Tone Alarm: Light Reminder Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE B-3: Tone Alarm: Seat Belt Tone Alarm Function does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Central Door Locking System
          • General Description Concerning Central Door Locking System
          • Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Operating The Driver's Door Inside Lock Knob
          • Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder
            • Operating The Driver's Or Passenger's Door Lock Switch
            • Forgotten Key Prevention Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding Central Door Locking System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-1: Central Door Locking System: The Central Door Lock System does not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-2: Central Door Locking System: Some Doors do not Lock or Unlock.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-3: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Switch Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-4: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock or Unlock with just the Door Lock Key Cylinder Key Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-5: Central Door Locking System: All the Doors do not Lock with just the Driver's or Front Passenger's Inside Lock Knob Operation.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE C-6: Central Door Locking System: Forgotten Key Prevention Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Power Windows
          • General Description Concerning Power Windows
          • Power Window Main Switch Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Down Function
            • Operating The Driver's Power Window Auto Down Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
          • Power Window Sub Switch Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Up Function
            • Operating The Passenger's Power Window Down Function
            • Power Window Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Power Windows
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-1: Power Window: Power Windows do not Work at all.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-2: Power Window: The Power Window Timer does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-3: Power Window: Only Door Window (LH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
              • Notes
              • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-4: Power Window: Only Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Sub-switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE D-5: Power Window: Power Window (RH) does not Work by Operating Power Window Main Switch.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Keyless Entry System
          • General Description Concerning Keyless Entry System
          • All Door Lock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Lock Switch
          • Driver's Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Once
          • All Door Unlock Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Unlock Switch Press Twice
          • Trunk Lid Open Function
            • Operating The Transmitter Trunk Switch
          • Keyless Entry Hazard ANSWERBACK And Horn ANSWERBACK Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Keyless Entry System
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-1: Keyless Entry System: Keyless Entry System does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-2: Keyless Entry System: The Dome Light, the Turn-signal Lights and the Horn do not Operate Through the Answerback Function.
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE E-3: Keyless Entry System: Encrypted Code cannot be Registered
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Sunroof
          • General Description Concerning Sunroof
          • Sunroof Timer Function
          • General Circuit Diagram Regarding The Sunroof
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-1: Sunroof: Sunroof does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-2: Sunroof: Any of the Sunroof Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-3: Sunroof: Sunroof Timer Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE F-4: Sunroof: Safety Mechanism does not Function.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • Windshield Wiper And Washer Control Function
            • Intermittent Control (Vehicle Speed-Dependent Variable Type)
            • Mist Wiper Control
            • Low Speed Wiper, High Speed Wiper Control
            • Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Windshield Wiper And Washer
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-1: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-2: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Wipers do not Work When the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "INT" or "MIST" Position or the Windshield Washer Switch is at "ON" Position. However, the Wipers Work at Low Speed when the Windshield Wiper Switch is at "LO" or "HI."
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-3: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Any of the Windshield Wiper Switch Positions is Defective.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-4: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-5: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval can not be Adjusted by Means of Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-6: Windshield Wiper and Washer: The Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval is not Changed According to the Vehicle Speed.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE G-7: Windshield Wiper and Washer: Windshield Washer does not Work.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Rear Wiper And Washer
          • General Description Concerning Rear Wiper And Washer
            • Notes
            • Rear Wiper And Washer Control Function
              • Rear Wiper Control
              • Rear Washer Control
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (A/T)
          • General Circuit Diagram For Rear Wiper And Washer (M/T)
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-1: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does no not Work at All.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-2: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Wiper does not Stop at the Predetermined Park Position.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-3: Rear Wiper and Washer: When the Selector Lever is Moved to "R" Position during the Rear Wiper Operation, the Rear Wiper does not Operate at the Continuous Mode.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE H-4: Rear Wiper and Washer: Rear Washer does not Operate.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning Light
          • General Description Concerning Seat Belt Warning Light
            • Notes
            • Seat Belt Warning Light Function
              • < Vehicles without keyless entry system >
              • < Vehicles with keyless entry system >
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Seat Belt Warning Light Function
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles without Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE I-1: Seat Belt Warning Light: Seat Belt Warning Light does not Work Normally. < Vehicles with Keyless Entry System >
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Headlight And Taillight
          • General Description Concerning Headlight And Taillight
          • Taillights And Headlights Illumination
            • Taillight
          • Headlights And High-Beam Indicator Light
            • Notes
            • Headlight Automatic-Shutdown Function
            • Dimmer Automatic Reset Function
            • DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT FUNCTION < Vehicles for CANADA>
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Taillights
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Headlights
          • GENERAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FOR THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT < Vehicles FOR CANADA>
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-1: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights does not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-2: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (Low-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-3: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights (High-beam) do not Illuminate Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-4: Headlight, Tail Light: When the Passing Switch is Turned "ON", the Headlights (Low-beam or High-beam) do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-5: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlights do not Illuminate When the Lighting Switch is at "AUTO," "TAIL," and "PASSING" Position, but Illuminate at Low-beam when the Switch is at "HEAD" Position. At this Position, the Headlights cannot be Changed into High Beam by Operating the Dimmer Switch.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-6: Headlight, Tail Light: Tail Lights, the Position Lights, the Side Marker Light or the License Plate Lights do not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-7: One of the headlights does not illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-8: The High-beam Indicator Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-9: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Automatic Shutdown Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-10: Headlight, Tail Light: Headlight Dimmer Switch Automatic Resetting Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-11: Headlight and Taillight: Daytime running light function does not work normally. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-12: Headlight and Taillight: When the daytime running light function is operating, the headlights (low-beam) continue lighting in a reduced beam state even if the headlight switch turns on. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE J-13: Headlight and Taillight: When the ignition switch is turned from on to off, the headlights darken significantly. < Vehicles for CANADA>
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Flasher Timer
          • General Description Concerning Flasher Timer
          • Flasher Timer Function
            • Turn Signal Light
            • Hazard Light
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Turn Signal Light And Hazard Light
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-1: Flasher Timer: Turn-signal Lights does not Flash when the Turn-signal Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-2: Flasher Timer: Hazard Warning Lights do not Illuminate when the Hazard Warning Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE K-3: Flasher Timer: The Right or Left Turn-signal Light does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Fog Light
          • General Description Concerning Fog Light
          • FOGLIGHT
          • General Circuit Diagram For The FOGLIGHTS
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-1: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Illuminate when the Fog Light Switch is Turned On.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-2: Fog Light: Fog Lights do not Go Out when the Headlights (Low-beam) are Turned Off while the Fog lights are On.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hint
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE L-3: Fog Light: One of the Fog Lights does not Illuminate.
            • Notes
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Interior Light
          • General Description Concerning Interior Light
            • Notes
            • Dome Light Control Function
            • Interior Light Automatic-Shutdown Function
          • General Circuit Diagram For Interior Lights
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-1: Interior Light: Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE >, Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > and Door-ajar Indicator Light does not Illuminate or Turn off Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-2: Interior Light: The Dome Light, Luggage Compartment Light < ECLIPSE > or Trunk Light < ECLIPSE SPYDER > does not Illuminate or Go Out Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-3: Dome light: Dome Light Dimming Function does not Work Normally.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE M-4: Interior Light: The Interior Light Automatic shut down Function does not Operate Correctly.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
        • Theft-Alarm System
          • General Description Concerning Theft-Alarm System
          • Theft-Alarm System
            • Arming The System
            • Disarming The System
            • Activating The Alarm
            • Deactivating The Alarm
            • Checking The System Operation
          • General Circuit Diagram For The Theft-Alarm
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-1: Theft-alarm System: Theft-alarm System is not Armed (Theft-alarm Indicator Light does not Illuminate).
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-2: Theft-alarm System: Horn does not Sound when the Theft-alarm is Triggered.
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE N-3: Theft-alarm System: Headlights (High-beam) do not Flash when the Theft-alarm System is Triggered.
            • Technical Description (Comment)
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • Input Signal Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-1: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (ACC).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Ignition Switch (IG1).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Fog Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-4: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Backup Light Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-5: ETACS-ECU does not Receive "R" Position Signal from the Transmission Range Switch < M/T >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or the Front Passenger's Door Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-7: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Taillight Switch, the Headlight Switch, the Passing Light Switch, the Dimmer Switch, the Turn-signal Light Switch or Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-8: Column switch: ETACS-ECU does not Receive any Signal from the Windshield Mist Wiper Switch, the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Switch, the Windshield Low-speed Wiper Switch, the Windshield High-speed Wiper Switch, the Rear Wiper Switch, the Windshield Washer Switch or the Rear Washer Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-9: Column Switch: ETACS-ECU does not receive Any Signal from the Windshield Intermittent Wiper Interval Adjusting Knob.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE O-10: Sunroof Switch: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Up, Open or Close/down Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-1: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Key Reminder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-2: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Hazard Warning Light Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-3: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Driver's Seat Belt Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-4: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-5: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Driver's or Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-6: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Door Lock Switches (Incorporated in Power Window Main Switch and Power Window Sub Switch).
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-7: ETACS-ECU does not Receive an Auto-stop Signal from the Rear Wiper Motor.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-8: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from Hood Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • Inspection Procedure P-9: ETACS-Ecu Does Not Receive A Signal From The Liftgate Latch Switch < Eclipse > Or Trunk Lid Latch Switch < Eclipse SPYDER >.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-10: The Liftgate Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE > or the Trunk Lid Lock Key Cylinder Switch < ECLIPSE SPYDER > Signal is not Sent to the ETACS-ECU.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-11: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Signal from the Vehicle Speed Sensor. < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-12: ETACS-ECU does not Receive Vehicle Speed Signal. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-13: Transmitter: The ETACS-ECU does not Receive Any Signal from the Lock, Unlock, Trunk or Panic Switch.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE P-14: ETACS-ECU does not Receive a Interior Light Loaded Signal.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • ETACS-Ecu
        • Column Switch
        • Front-Ecu
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Adjustment Procedures Of SWS Function
          • Notes
          • Entry Conditions For Adjustment Mode
          • Release Conditions For The Adjustment Mode
          • Configuration Of Functions
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Starting System
      • General Description
      • Operation
      • Starting System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Starter Relay Check
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Armature And Ball Removal
            • << B >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
      • Specifications
        • Starting System
        • General Specifications
          • 2.4L
          • 3.0L
        • Service Specifications
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • Connector End Views - 3.0L
      • Connector End Views
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (A-23) Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-23)
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View (C-79)
        • Backup Light Switch Connector End View (B-37) (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Blower Switch Assembly Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-39)
        • Automatic Compressor Controller Connector End View (C-12)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-91) Connector End View
        • Driver's Seat Belt Switch Connector End View (D-13) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-31) Connector End View
        • Dual Pressure Switch Connector End View (A-36)
        • Fan Control Relay Connector End View
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Connector End View
        • Throttle Position Sensor Connector End View (B-07)
        • Blower Relay Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-63)
        • Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Connector End View (F-38)
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Radio Tape Player Cd Player And CD Auto Changer Connector End View (C-22)
        • Convertible Top Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-117) Connector End View
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-112) Connector End View
        • Remote Controlled Mirror Switch Connector End View
        • Turn-Signal Light And Lighting Switch Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (F-16) (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-84)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-04)
        • Front Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (D-25)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-110) Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (D-22) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Joint Connector (C-77) Connector End View
        • Ambient Temperature Sensor Connector End View (A-29)
        • Low-Reverse Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-5)
        • Windshield Wiper And Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Door Speaker Connector End View (E-01)
        • Column Switch Connector End View
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (Without Intake Manifold Tuning System)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-28) Connector End View
        • Input Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-42)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View
        • Fog Light (RH) Connector End View (A-31)
        • Joint Connector (C-78) Connector End View
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Connector End View
        • Fuel Level Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Fuel Pump Relay (1 And 2) Connector End View (C-107, C-105)
        • Tweeter (RH) Connector End View (E-03)
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-06)
        • Sunroof Motor Assembly Connector End View (D-06) (Eclipse)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-06) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-27) Connector End View
        • Water Shut Valve Controller Connector End View
        • Junction Block Connector (C-102) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-72)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-12) (LH)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-101) Connector End View
        • Output Shaft Speed Sensor Connector End View (B-38)
        • ECM (M/T) Or PCM (A/T) Connector End View
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-11X)
        • AC-ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Blower Resistor Connector End View
        • Driver's Door Switch Connector End View (D-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Connector End View (D-10)
        • Idle Air Control Motor Connector End View (B-34)
        • Front Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (A-26)
        • Dome Light Connector End View (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Blower Fan And Motor Connector End View
        • Injector Intermediate Connector (B-48) Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Motor Connector End View (A-33)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Connector End View (B-33) (With Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View (C-87)
        • Power Seat Switch Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View (E-05)
        • Fog Light Switch Connector End View (C-76)
        • Power Window Main Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-41, C-42)
        • Convertible Top Bypass Switch Connector End View
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Rear Combination Light (LH) Connector End View (F-17) (Eclipse)
        • Remote Controlled Radio Switch (LH) Connector End View (C-98)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-10) Connector End View (Eclipse)
        • Driver's Door Lock Key Cylinder Switch Connector End View (E-14)
        • Second Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-2)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, RH) Connector End View (E-04)
        • Horn Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse) Connector End View
        • ETACS-ECU Connector End View (C-118, C-119)
        • Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-4)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-89) Connector End View
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View (C-74)
        • Horn Connector End View (A-27)
        • Driver's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-13)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-95) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (D-16) Connector End View
        • MFI Relay Connector End View (A-18X)
        • Combination Meter Connector End View (C-43)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40)
        • Intermediate Connector (A-22) Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-94) Connector End View
        • Power Window Main Switch Connector End View (E-12)
        • Engine Speed Detection Connector End View (A-12X)
        • Rear Washer Motor Connector End View (A-34)
        • ECM Connector End View (C-62, C-59)
        • A/C Switch & Blower Switch Connector End View
        • Fan Controller Connector End View (A-30)
        • Rear Speaker (LH) Connector End View (F-23) (Eclipse)
        • Power Window Relay Connector End View (C-116)
        • Radio And CD Player Connector End View (C-21)
        • Injector Connector End View (B-01, 02, 05, 06, 25 And 26)
        • Front ECU Connector End View
        • Stoplight Switch Connector End View (C-03)
        • Defroster Switch Connector End View
        • Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-24)
        • Windshield Wiper And Windshield Washer Switch Connector End View
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-31)
        • Auto-Cruise Control-ECU Connector End View (C-20)
        • Transmission Range Switch Connector End View (B-41)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Relay Connector End View (A-06X)
        • Passenger's Door Switch Connector End View (D-01) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-11)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-15) (LH)
        • Starter Relay Connector End View (A-13X)
        • Tweeter (LH) Connector End View (E-08)
        • Position Light (RH) Connector End View (A-32)
        • Overdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-3)
        • A/C ECU Connector End View (C-13)
        • Heater Control Assembly Connector End View
        • Daytime Running Light-ECU Connector End View (A-38)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-96)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-38)
        • Interlock Switch Connector End View (C-02)
        • A/T Control Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View
        • Headlight (RH) Connector End View (A-35)
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Connector End View (B-20) (With Intake)
        • Hazard Warning Light Switch Connector End View (C-10)
        • Compass Sensor Connector End View (D-23) (Eclipse)
        • Amplifier Connector End View (D-20) (Eclipse)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Shift Switch Assembly Connector End View (C-65)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View (C-85)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Connector End View (B-27)
        • Theft-Alarm Horn Connector End View (A-25)
        • Compass-ECU Connector End View (C-37)
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Connector End View (B-14)
        • Water Shut Motor Connector End View
        • Underdrive Solenoid Valve Assembly Connector End View (B-40-1)
        • Sunroof Switch Connector End View (D-05)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Eclipse Spyder) Connector End View
        • Power Window Sub Switch Connector End View
        • Immobilizer-ECU Connector End View
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Connector End View (B-08)
        • SRS-ECU Connector End View
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (F-19) (Eclipse)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Switch Connector End View (C-82)
        • Fog Light Connector End View (A-28)
        • Key Reminder Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Headlight (LH) Connector End View (A-24)
        • Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Connector End View (D-17)
        • Clock Spring Connector End View
        • Speed Sensor Connector End View
        • Passenger's Side Air Bag Module Connector End View (C-11)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-108) Connector End View
        • Luggage Compartment Light Connector End View (F-21)
        • Rear Combination Light (RH) Connector End View (F-09) (Eclipse)
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Connector End View (B-49)
        • Auto-Cruise Control Vacuum Pump Connector End View (A-01)
        • Junction Block Connector (C-111) Connector End View
        • Fuel Pump Connector End View (D-17) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Intermediate Connector(B-36) Connector End View (3.0L Engine Without Variable Induction System)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (RH) Connector End View (F-11) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Rear Wiper Motor Connector End View (F-07) (Eclipse)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-86)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-02) (RH)
        • Knock Sensor Connector End View (B-35) (With Intake)
        • License Plate Light Connector End View (F-15) (Eclipse)
        • Data Link Connector End View (C-29)
        • Intermediate Connector (C-07) Connector End View
        • Center Speaker Connector End View (C-08)
        • A/T Control Relay Connector End View (A-17X)
        • ETACS- ECU Connector End View
        • Intermediate Connector (C-90) Connector End View
        • PCM Connector End View (C-50, C-51 And C-52)
        • Motor Antenna Assembly Connector End View (F-35)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Connector End View (B-04)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-58)
        • Intermediate Connector (F-24) Connector End View
        • Door Speaker (LH) Connector End View (E-10)
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Connector End View (B-31) (Without Intake Mainfold Tuning System)
        • Column Switch Connector End View (C-88)
        • Power Seat Motor Connector End View
        • ABS-ECU Connector End View (A-02)
        • Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Connector End View (B-28)
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-05X)
        • Rear Side Marker Light (LH) Connector End View (F-20) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • PCM Connector End View (C-52, C-55, C-59, C-63)
        • Revolution Pick-Up Sensor Connector End View (B-18)
        • Multi-Center Display Connector End View (C-09)
        • AC ECU Connector End View
        • Fog Light Relay Connector End View (A-04X)
        • Power Window Motor (Front, LH) Connector End View (E-11)
        • Rear Speaker (RH) Connector End View (D-21) (Eclipse Spyder)
        • Side-Airbag Module Connector End View (D-19)
        • Fog Light (LH) Connector End View (A-28)
        • Ignition Distributor Connector End View (B-22)
        • Front-ECU Connector End View (A-10X)
        • Generator Connector End View (B-45)
        • Windshield Wiper Motor Connector End View (A-03)
        • Rear Wheel Speed Sensor Connector End View (D-08, D-09)
        • Center Door Lock Switch (Passengers Side) Connector End View
        • Front Passenger's Door Lock Actuator Switch Connector End View (E-07)
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Connector End View (B-19)
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
        • Notes
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
      • Defoggers
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.4L
        • 3.0L
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Power Antenna
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Starting/Charging
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tools
      • Engine Cooling Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Coolant Leak
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Engine Overheating
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan do not Operate
            • Notes
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan do not Change Speed or Stop
            • Notes
            • Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Drive Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Radiator Fan does not Operate
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Condenser Fan does not Operate
            • Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Drive Circuit
            • Circuit Operation
            • Technical Description
            • Troubleshooting Hints
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Engine Coolant Leak Check
        • Radiator Cap Pressure Check
        • Engine Coolant Replacement
        • Engine Coolant Concentration Test
        • Fan Controller Check
        • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
      • Radiator
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Radiator Upper Hose/Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
            • << B >>A/T Oil Cooler Hose Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Radiator Lower Hose/Radiator Upper Hose Connection
      • Thermostat
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Radiator Lower Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Thermostat Installation
            • >> B << Radiator Lower Hose Connection
        • Inspection
          • Thermostat Check
      • Water Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << O-Ring Installation
            • >> B << Water Pump Assembly Installation
      • Water Hose And Water Pipe
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Radiator Upper/Lower Hose Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << WATER OUTLET FITTING <2.4L Engine>/THERMOSTAT CASE ASSEMBLY <2.4L Engine> INSTALLATION
            • >> B << Radiator Upper/Lower Hose Connection
            • >> C << O-Ring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Water Pipe and Hose Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Coolant
        • Sealant
  • Intake & Exhaust
    • General Description
    • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
      • Introduction
      • Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Exhaust Leakage
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Abnormal Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tool
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Intake Manifold Tuning System Check < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
      • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check <3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System>
      • Vacuum Tank Check < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
    • Air Cleaner
      • Removal And Installation
    • Intake Manifold Plenum
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • < Vehicle without Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) System >
        • < Vehicle with Intake Mnifold Tuning (IMT) System >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Plenum Gasket Installation
    • Intake Manifold < 2.4L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Fuel Rail, Injector And Fuel Pressure Regulator Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Intake Manifold Check
    • Intake Manifold < 3.0L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Fuel Rail, Injector And Fuel Pressure Regulator Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
          • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
          • >> C << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Intake Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Manifold < 2.4L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Exhaust Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Manifold < 3.0L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Exhaust Manifold Check
    • Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler And Catalytic Converter < 2.4L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
    • Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler And Catalytic Converter < 3.0L Engine >
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specification
  • Fuel System
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Cap Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • << A >> Cap Installation
            • >>B<< Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >>A<< Grommet/O-Ring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
          • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Lubrication System
    • Engine Lubrication
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Engine Oils
          • Notes
          • Recommended Precautions:
          • Other Precautions:
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Engine Oil Check
        • Engine Oil Replacement
        • Engine Oil Filter Replacement
        • Engine Oil Pressure Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubricants
          • Notes
          • Engine Oil
  • Mechanical
    • Intake & Exhaust
      • General Description
      • Intake And Exhaust Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Exhaust Leakage
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tool
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Intake Manifold Tuning System Check < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
        • Intake Manifold Tuning Solenoid Check <3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System>
        • Vacuum Tank Check < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
      • Air Cleaner
        • Removal And Installation
      • Intake Manifold Plenum
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • < Vehicle without Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) System >
          • < Vehicle with Intake Mnifold Tuning (IMT) System >
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >> A << Intake Manifold Plenum Gasket Installation
      • Intake Manifold < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Rail, Injector And Fuel Pressure Regulator Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Check
      • Intake Manifold < 3.0L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Rail, Injector And Fuel Pressure Regulator Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Intake Manifold Installation
            • >> C << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Intake Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Manifold < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Exhaust Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Manifold < 3.0L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Exhaust Manifold Check
      • Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler And Catalytic Converter < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
      • Exhaust Pipe, Main Muffler And Catalytic Converter < 3.0L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
    • On-Vehicle Service - 3.0L
      • General Description
      • Engine Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Drive Belt Tension Check And Adjustment
        • Ignition Timing Check
        • Idle Mixture Check
        • Curb Idle Speed Check
        • Compression Pressure Check
        • Manifold Vacuum Check
        • Lash Adjuster Check
          • Notes
          • Bleeding lash adjuster system
      • Engine Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Vehicle With Out Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) System>
          • < Vehicle With Intake Manifold Tuning (IMT) System >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> A/C Compressor Removal
            • << B >> Power Steering Oil Pump Removal
            • << C >> Transaxle Assembly Removal
            • << D >> Engine Mount Bracket Removal
            • << E >> Engine Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Engine Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Engine Mount Stopper Installation
            • >> C << Engine Mount Bracket Installation
            • >> D << Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Camshaft And Camshaft Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Left Bank
          • Right Bank
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> C << Distributor Installation
            • >> D << Rocker Arm And Shaft Assembly Installation
      • Oil Pan
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Lower Oil Pan Removal
            • << B >> Upper Oil Pan Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Upper Oil Pan Installation
            • >> B << Lower Oil Pan Installation
            • >> C << Drain Plug Gasket Installation
        • Oil Pan Inspection
      • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Spacer/Crankshaft Sensing Blade/Crankshaft Sprocket Installation
      • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Transaxle Assembly Removal
            • << B >> Plate M/T/Adapter Plate/Flywheel M/T/Drive Plate A/T Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Drive Plate < A/T > /Flywheel < M/T > /Adapter Plate/Plate < M/T > Installation
      • Cylinder Head Gasket
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Cylinder Head Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Cylinder Head Gasket Installation
            • >> B << Cylinder Head Assembly Installation
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Crankshaft Pulley Removal
            • >> B << Timing Belt Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • << A >> Auto-TENSIONER Installation
            • << B >> Timing Belt Installation
            • >> C << Engine Support Bracket, Right Installation
            • >> D << Crankshaft Pulley Installation
        • Inspection
          • Auto-TENSIONER
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant
    • Overhaul - 3.0L
      • Special Tools
      • Generator And Drive Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Crankshaft Bolt Loosening
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Crankshaft Bolt Tightening
      • Intake Manifold Plenum And Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • With Induction Control Valve
          • Without Induction Control Valve
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Upper Installation
            • >> B << Throttle Body Gasket Installation
      • Ignition System
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Distributor Installation
      • Timing Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> TIMING Belt Removal
            • << B >> Camshaft Sprocket Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Camshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Sensing Blade/Crankshaft Spacer/Crankshaft Sprocket Installation
            • >> C << Auto-TENSIONER Installation
            • >> D << Timing Belt Installation
            • >> E << Engine Support Bracket, Right Installation
        • Inspection
          • Timing Belt
          • TENSIONER Pulley And Idler Pulley
          • Auto-TENSIONER
      • Intake Manifold And Fuel Parts
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Intake Manifold Installation
            • >> B << Injector Installation
            • >> C << Fuel Pressure Regulator Installation
      • Water Pump & Water Hose
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << O-Ring And Water Inlet Pipe Installation
            • >> B << Thermostat Installation
            • >> C << Sealant Application To Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
            • >> D << Sealant Application To Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Unit
      • Exhaust Manifold
        • Removal And Installation
      • Rocker Arms And Camshaft
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rocker Arms And Shaft Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Camshaft Installation
            • >> B << Lash Adjuster Installation
            • >> C << Rocker Arm, Rocker Arm Shaft And Rocker Shaft Spring Installation
            • >> D << Camshaft Oil Seal Installation
        • Inspection
          • Camshaft
          • Rocker Arm
          • Lash Adjusters
      • Cylinder Head And Valves
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Cylinder Head Bolt Removal
            • << B >> Retainer Lock Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Valve Stem Seal Installation
            • >> B << Valve Spring Installation
            • >> C << Retainer Lock Installation
            • >> D << Cylinder Head Bolt Installation
        • Inspection
          • Cylinder Head
          • Valve
          • Valve Springs
          • Valve Guides
          • Valve Seat
          • Valve Seat Reconditioning Procedure
          • Valve Seat Replacement Procedure
          • Valve Guide Replacement Procedure
      • Oil Pan And Oil Pump
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Oil Pan, Lower Removal
            • << B >> Oil Pan, Upper Removal
            • << C >> Outer Rotor/Inner Rotor Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Inner Rotor/Outer Rotor Installation
            • >> B << Oil Pump Case Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
            • >> D << Oil Pan, Upper Installation
            • >> E << Oil Pan, Lower Installation
            • >> F << Drain Plug Gasket Installation
            • >> G << Oil Filter Installation
            • >> H << Engine Oil Pressure Switch
        • Inspection
          • Oil Pump
      • Piston And Connecting Rod
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Connecting Rod Cap Removal
            • << B >> Piston Pin Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Piston Pin Installation
            • >> B << Oil Ring Installation
            • >> C << Piston Ring No.2/Piston Ring No. 1 Installation
            • >> D << Connecting Rod Bearing Installation
            • >> E << Piston And Connecting Rod Installation
            • >> F << Connecting Rod Cap Installation
            • >> G << Connecting Rod Cap Nut Installation
        • Inspection
          • Piston Ring
          • Crankshaft Pin Oil Clearance
            • < Plastic Gauging Material Method >
      • Crankshaft And Cylinder Block
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Bracket Installation
            • >> B << Crankshaft Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Crankshaft Thrust Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Bearing Cap/Bearing Cap Bolt Installation
            • >> E << Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
            • >> F << Oil Seal Case Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
          • Crankshaft Journal Oil Clearance
            • < Plastic Gauging Material Method >
          • Cylinder Block
          • Boring Cylinder
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants And Adhesives
    • Power Plant Mount
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Special Tools
      • Engine Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Engine Mount Stopper Installation
        • Inspection
      • Transaxle Mounting
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Transaxle Mount Bracket
              • Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Transaxle Mount Stopper Installation
      • Engine Roll Stopper And CENTERMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Front Roll Stopper Installation
      • CROSSMEMBER
        • Removal And Installation
        • CROSSMEMBER Bushing Replacement
          • Notes
          • Crossmember Bushings A and B
          • Crossmember Bushing C
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Starter
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Starting System
      • General Description
      • Operation
      • Starting System Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Troubleshooting Guide
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Starter Relay Check
      • Starter Motor Assembly
        • Inspection
          • Pinion Gap Adjustment
          • Magnetic Switch Pull-In Test
          • Magnetic Switch Hold-In Test
          • Free Running Test
          • Magnetic Switch Return Test
          • Commutator Check
          • Brush Check
          • Overrunning Clutch Check
          • Front And Rear Bracket Bushing Check
          • Armature Check
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Armature And Ball Removal
            • << B >> Snap Ring And Stop Ring Removal
          • Starter Motor Part Cleaning
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Stop Ring And Snap Ring Installation
      • Specifications
        • Starting System
        • General Specifications
          • 2.4L
          • 3.0L
        • Service Specifications
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
      • EGR Function Testing - CHRYSLER/MITSUBISHI
        • Test 1
          • 1974-84 (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 2
          • 1978-87 Carbureted (Dual EGR Valves)
        • Test 3
          • 1983-85 Multiport Fuel Injection (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 4
          • 1986 Colt & Colt Vista (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 5
          • 1986-88 Cordia & Tredia (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 6
          • 1987 Colt, Colt Vista, Mirage, Raider, Ram-50, Montero & Pickup (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 7
          • 1987-88 All Others (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 8
          • 1989-96 Colt Wagon 1.8L, Montero (A/T), Raider (A/T), Sigma, Van/Wagon & All Other Federal Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 9
          • 1989-96 Montero (M/T), Raider (M/T) & All Other California Models (Ported EGR Valve)
        • Test 10
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Engine Control Systems
    • Engine Control
      • General Description
      • Engine Control System Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Engine Control System Diagnosis
        • Engine Control System Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Throttle Valve Will Not Fully Open Or Close
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Accelerator Pedal Operation Is Not Smooth (Over Acceleration)
            • Diagnosis
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Accelerator Cable Check And Adjustment
      • Accelerator Cable And Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
      • Specifications
      • Service Specifications
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Control
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • Fuel Delivery
    • Fuel Supply
      • General Description
      • Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Fuel Supply Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Engine Malfunctions Due to Insufficient Fuel Supply
            • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Fuel Pump Module Replacement
      • Fuel Tank
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Cap Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • << A >> Cap Installation
            • >>B<< Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Fuel Pump Module
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >>A<< Grommet/O-Ring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Fuel Level Sensor Check
          • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specifications
  • Ignition System
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • < 2.4L Engine - With Built-In Ignition Power Transistor >
            • Notes
            • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
            • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 2.4L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 3.0L Engine >
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 2.4L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Distributor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Distributor Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
  • Mode 6 - 1997-2012 MITSUBISHI
    • Introduction
    • 1997
    • 1998-2001
    • 2002-2003
    • 2004-2005
    • 2006-07 Eclipse & 2006 GALANT
    • 2006 Endeavor
    • 2007 GALANT & 2007 Endeavor
    • 2007 Outlander
    • 2008 Eclipse
    • 2008 Endeavor, 2008-10 GALANT, 2009-11 Eclipse & 2009-10 Outlander
    • 2008 Lancer
    • 2008 Outlander
    • 2009 Lancer
    • 2009 Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2010 Lancer & Lancer SPORTBACK
    • 2011-12 GALANT, 2012 Eclipse & 2012 Outlander
    • 2011 Lancer, 2011 Lancer SPORTBACK & 2011 Outlander
    • 2012 Lancer & 2012 Lancer SPORTBACK
  • Remove, Overhaul & Install
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • < 2.4L Engine - With Built-In Ignition Power Transistor >
            • Notes
            • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
            • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 2.4L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 3.0L Engine >
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 2.4L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Distributor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Distributor Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.7L V6 Engine
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.7L
        • V8 Engine
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Specifications - Emissions/Engine Control
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Service Specifications
  • System
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
      • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine - Without Intake Manifold Tuning System >
          • < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
          • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
        • Vacuum Hose Installation
        • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Check
        • Vacuum Control Valve Check
        • EGR Valve Check
        • EGR Port Vacuum Check
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • ORVR Vent Valve Module Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • Removal And Installation
          • <2.4L Engine>
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (1 Of 6)
      • General Information
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
          • Notes
          • MALTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
            • < Without variable induction system >
            • < With variable induction system >
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Code
          • PROVISIONAL DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODEs [MUT-III OBD-II Test Mode-Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • Inspection Using Scan Tool MB991958, Data List And Actuator Testing
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
            • Notes
            • Drive Cycle Pattern List
          • Procedure 1
          • Procedure 2
          • Procedure 3
          • Procedure 4
          • Procedure 5
          • Procedure 6
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
        • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (2 Of 6)
      • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0101: Volume Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0102: Volume Airflow Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit Range/Performance problem-high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit Range/Performance problem-low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0112: Intake air temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0113: Intake air temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
      • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0121: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-low (Time to reach closed loop temperature) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-drift >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0130: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0131: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltag (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0132: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltag (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0133: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0134: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0135: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0136: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0137: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0138: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0139: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0141: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Background
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0150: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0151: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0152: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0153: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0154: Heated Oxygen Sensor No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (bank 2, sensor 1) CIRCUIT
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0155: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0156: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0157: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0158: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0159: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0161: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Background
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0171: System too Lean (bank 1)
        • System too Lean (bank 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System too Rich (bank 1)
        • System too Rich (bank 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0174: System too Lean (bank 2)
        • System too Lean (bank 2) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
          • Check Area
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System too Rich (bank 2)
        • System too Rich (bank 2) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0201, P0203, P0205: Injector Circuit Malfunction - Cylinder 1, 3, 5
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0202, P0204, P0206: Injector Circuit Malfunction - Cylinder 2, 4, 6
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Random Misfire Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE store in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection).
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301, P0302, P0304, P0303, P0305, P0306: Cylinder 1-6 Misfire Detected
        • Misfire Detected Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection).
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: EGR Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: EGR Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 1)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item Monitored Below)
          • Sensor (The Sensor Below Is Determined To Be Normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 2)
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (5 Of 6)
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions: Electrical noise
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor < M/T >
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions (Entry Conditions and Malfunction Thresholds)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Logic Flow Chart
          • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE store in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0622: Generator FR Terminal Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set area:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0660: Intake Manifold Tuning Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1530: A/C1 Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (6 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Comunication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with ECM or PCM Is Not Possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (Rough Idle, Hunting).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (improper idle speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the engine is cold, it stalls at idle (die out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC concentration when idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The mos likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Generator output voltage is low (approximately 12.3 volts)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this charging system:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Incorrect Idle Speed When the A/C is Operating (A/C Switch 2 Signal)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Fans (radlator fan, A/C condenser fan) are inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Power supply system and ignition switch - IG system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Fuel pump system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Switch - ST System. < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: Ignition Switch - ST System and Transmission Range Switch System. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 33: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 34: A/C system.
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
      • Data List Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Engine Control Module (Ecu) < M/T > Or Powertrain Control Module (Pcm) < A/T >
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Volume Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • Idle Air Control Motor (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Basic Idle Speed Adjustment
        • Fuel Pressure Test
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay Continuity Check
        • Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Throttle Position Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • Checking the Terminal Resistance
          • Check using oscilloscope
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Right bank and left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Right bank and left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
        • Injector Check
          • < Right bank side (number 1, 3, 5 cylinders) >
          • < Left bank side (number 2, 4, 6 cylinders) >
        • Idle Air Control Motor (Stepper Motor) Check
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Check
        • EVAPORATVE Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Rail/Injectors Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Injectors/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Throttle Body Gasket Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Throttle Position Sensor Disassembly
            • << B >> Throttle Body Disassembly
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >>A<< Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Emission Control
      • General Description
      • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Hose Routing
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine - Without Intake Manifold Tuning System >
          • < 3.0L Engine - With Intake Manifold Tuning System >
          • Vacuum Circuit Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
        • Vacuum Hose Installation
        • Vacuum Hose Check
      • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System
        • General Description (Positive Crankcase Ventilation System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation System Check
        • Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve Check
      • Evaporative Emission Control System
        • General Description (Evaporative Emission System)
          • Notes
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Component Location
        • Purge Control System Check (Purge Flow Check)
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Barometric Pressure Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Fuel Tank Differential Pressure Sensor Check
        • Evaporative Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System
        • General Description (Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System)
          • Notes
          • Operation
          • System Diagram
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION System Check
        • Vacuum Control Valve Check
        • EGR Valve Check
        • EGR Port Vacuum Check
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Check
        • Volume Airflow Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Evaporative Emission Canister And Fuel Tank Pressure Relief Valve
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
          • ORVR Vent Valve Module Check
      • Catalytic Converter
        • Removal And Installation
          • <2.4L Engine>
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front) Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • << A >> Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Front)/Right Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Left Bank Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear)/Heated Oxygen Sensor (Rear) Installation
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (1 Of 6)
      • General Information
        • Notes
        • Fuel Injection Control
        • Idle Air Control
        • Ignition Timing Control
        • Diagnostic Test Mode
        • Other Control Functions
          • Notes
          • MALTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) System Diagram
            • < Without variable induction system >
            • < With variable induction system >
      • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon Or Check Engine Lamp)
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
          • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Code
          • PROVISIONAL DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODEs [MUT-III OBD-II Test Mode-Results (Mode 7)]
          • Mode 6 Reference Table
          • Diagnostic By Diagnostic Test Mode II (Increased Sensitivity)
          • Inspection Using Scan Tool MB991958, Data List And Actuator Testing
          • On-Board Diagnostics
          • OBD-II Drive Cycle
            • Notes
            • Drive Cycle Pattern List
          • Procedure 1
          • Procedure 2
          • Procedure 3
          • Procedure 4
          • Procedure 5
          • Procedure 6
          • System Readiness Test Status
            • Purpose
            • Overview
        • Fail-Safe Function Reference Table
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
          • Notes
          • Problem Symptoms Table (For Your Information)
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (2 Of 6)
      • DTC P0069: Abnormal Correlation Between Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor And Barometric Pressure Sensor
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0101: Volume Airflow Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem - low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0102: Volume Airflow Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0106: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit Range/Performance problem-high input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit Range/Performance problem-low input >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0107: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0108: Manifold Absolute Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0111: Intake Air Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0112: Intake air temperature Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0113: Intake air temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0116: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
        • DTC P0117: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit Low Input
      • DTC P0118: Engine Coolant Temperature Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0121: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Range/Performance Problem
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-relation between main and sub >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0122: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0123: Throttle Position Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0125: Insufficient Coolant Temperature for Closed Loop Fuel Control
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-low (Time to reach closed loop temperature) >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-drift >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0128: Coolant Thermostat (Coolant Temperature Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0130: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0131: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltag (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0132: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltag (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0133: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (3 Of 6)
      • DTC P0134: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit No Activity Detected (Bank 1, Sensor 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0135: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0136: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0137: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0138: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0139: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Condition
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0141: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 1, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Background
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0150: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0151: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0152: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0153: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0154: Heated Oxygen Sensor No Activity Detected (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR CIRCUIT NO ACTIVITY DETECTED (bank 2, sensor 1) CIRCUIT
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0155: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 1)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0156: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0157: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Low Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0158: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit High Voltage (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0159: Heated Oxygen Sensor Circuit Slow Responce (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0161: Heated Oxygen Sensor Heater Circuit (bank 2, sensor 2)
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Background
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0171: System too Lean (bank 1)
        • System too Lean (bank 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0172: System too Rich (bank 1)
        • System too Rich (bank 1) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (4 Of 6)
      • DTC P0174: System too Lean (bank 2)
        • System too Lean (bank 2) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
          • Check Area
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0175: System too Rich (bank 2)
        • System too Rich (bank 2) Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0181: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0182: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0183: Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0201, P0203, P0205: Injector Circuit Malfunction - Cylinder 1, 3, 5
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0202, P0204, P0206: Injector Circuit Malfunction - Cylinder 2, 4, 6
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0300: Random/Multiple Cylinder Misfire Detected
        • Random Misfire Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE store in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection).
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0301, P0302, P0304, P0303, P0305, P0306: Cylinder 1-6 Misfire Detected
        • Misfire Detected Circuit
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria (change in the angular acceleration of the crankshaft is used for misfire detection).
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0325: Knock Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0335: Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0340: Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Range/Performance problem-alignment >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE SET CONDITIONS < Circuit continuity >
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0401: EGR Flow Insufficient Detected
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0403: EGR Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0421: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 1)
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item Monitored Below)
          • Sensor (The Sensor Below Is Determined To Be Normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0431: Warm Up Catalyst Efficiency Below Threshold (bank 2)
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0441: Evaporative Emission Control System Incorrect Purge Flow
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0442: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0443: Evaporative Emission Control System Purge Control Valve Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0446: Evaporative Emission Control System Vent Control Circuit
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (5 Of 6)
      • DTC P0450: Evaporative Emission System Pressure Sensor malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0451: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions: Electrical noise
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0452: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints (The Most Likely Causes For This Code To Be Set Are:)
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0453: Evaporative Emission Control System Pressure Sensor High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0455: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Gross Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0456: Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Detected (Very Small Leak)
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensors below are determined to be normal)
        • LOGIC FLOW CHARTS (Monitor Sequence)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Test Conditions A: At Start up
          • Test Conditions B: For Test to Run
          • Test Conditions C: For Test to Stop
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Overview Of Troubleshooting
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0461: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions, Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0462: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0463: Fuel Level Sensor Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criterion
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0500: Vehicle Speed Sensor < M/T >
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions (Entry Conditions and Malfunction Thresholds)
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0506: Idle Control System RPM Lower Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0507: Idle Control System RPM Higher Than Expected
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Notes
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0513: Immobilizer Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0551: Power Steering Pressure Sensor Circuit Range/Performance
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0554: Power Steering Pressure Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Logic Flow Chart
          • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0603: EEPROM Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE store in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0622: Generator FR Terminal Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set area:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0630: Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Malfunction
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other Monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P0660: Intake Manifold Tuning Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgment Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1530: A/C1 Switch Circuit Intermittent
        • Technical Description
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P1603: Battery Backup Circuit Malfunction
        • Notes
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2228: Barometric Pressure Circuit Low Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Notes
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
      • DTC P2229: Barometric Pressure Circuit High Input
        • Notes
        • Circuit Operation
        • Technical Description
        • Descriptions Of Monitor Methods
        • Monitor Execution
        • MONITOR EXECUTION CONDITIONS (Other monitor and Sensor)
          • Other Monitor (There is no temporary DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE stored in memory for the item monitored below)
          • Sensor (The sensor below is determined to be normal)
        • DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE Set Conditions
          • Logic Flow Chart
          • Check Conditions
          • Judgement Criteria
        • OBD-II Drive Cycle Pattern
        • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
        • Diagnosis
    • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) (3.0L Engine) (6 Of 6)
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with Scan Tool Is Not Possible. (Comunication with All Systems Is Not Possible.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Scan Tool Communication with ECM or PCM Is Not Possible.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Does Not Illuminate Right after the Ignition Switch Is Turned to the "ON" Position.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (SERVICE ENGINE SOON or Check Engine Lamp) Remains Illuminated and Never Goes Out.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Cranks, Won't Start
          • Cranks, Won't Start Circuit
          • Circuit Operation
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Starts Up and Dies.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Hard Starting
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Unstable Idle (Rough Idle, Hunting).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Idle speed is high (improper idle speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Idle Speed Is Low (Improper Idle Speed).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: When the engine is cold, it stalls at idle (die out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: When the Engine Is Hot, It Stalls at Idle (Die Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: The Engine Stalls when Accelerating (Pass Out).
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: The engine stalls when decelerating.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 15: Hesitation, sag or stumble.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 16: Acceleration shock.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 17: Deceleration Shock
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 18: Poor acceleration.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 19: Surge.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 20: Knocking
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 21: Dieseling.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 22: Too high CO and HC concentration when idling
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 23: Transient, Mass Emission Tailpipe Test Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 24: Purge Flow Test of the Evaporative Emission Canister Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The mos likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 25: Pressure Test of the Evaporative System Failure.
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 26: Generator output voltage is low (approximately 12.3 volts)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this charging system:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 27: Incorrect Idle Speed When the A/C is Operating (A/C Switch 2 Signal)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 28: Fans (radlator fan, A/C condenser fan) are inoperative
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 29: Power supply system and ignition switch - IG system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 30: Fuel pump system.
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 31: Ignition Switch - ST System. < M/T >
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 32: Ignition Switch - ST System and Transmission Range Switch System. < A/T >
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely caused for this code to be set are:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 33: Ignition Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 34: A/C system.
          • Notes
          • Comment
          • TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS (The most likely causes for this case:)
          • Diagnosis
      • Data List Reference Table
      • Actuator Test Reference Table
      • Check At The Engine Control Module (Ecu) < M/T > Or Powertrain Control Module (Pcm) < A/T >
        • Terminal Voltage Check Chart
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Check
      • Inspection Procedure Using An Oscilloscope
        • Volume Airflow Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Camshaft Position Sensor And Crankshaft Position Sensor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Injector
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
        • Idle Air Control Motor (Stepper Motor)
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1
            • Example 2
        • Ignition Coil And Ignition Power Transistor
          • Notes
          • Measurement Method
          • Alternate method (Test harness not available)
            • Notes
            • Standard Wave Pattern
            • Wave Pattern Observation Points
          • Examples of Abnormal Wave Patterns
            • Example 1 (Wave pattern during engine cranking)
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Component Location
        • Throttle Body (Throttle Valve Area) Cleaning
        • Throttle Position Sensor Adjustment
        • Basic Idle Speed Adjustment
        • Fuel Pressure Test
        • Fuel Pump Connector Disconnection (How To Reduce Pressurized Fuel Lines)
        • Fuel Pump Operation Check
        • MULTIPORT Fuel Injection (MFI) Relay Continuity Check
        • Fuel Pump Relay Continuity Check
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensor Check
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Check
        • Throttle Position Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • Checking the Terminal Resistance
          • Check using oscilloscope
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Check
          • Notes
          • < Right bank and left bank heated oxygen sensor (front) >
          • < Right bank and left bank heated oxygen sensor (rear) >
        • Injector Check
          • < Right bank side (number 1, 3, 5 cylinders) >
          • < Left bank side (number 2, 4, 6 cylinders) >
        • Idle Air Control Motor (Stepper Motor) Check
        • Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Check
        • EGR Vacuum Regulator Solenoid Valve Check
        • EVAPORATVE Emission Ventilation Solenoid Check
      • Injector
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Fuel Rail/Injectors Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Injectors/Fuel Pressure Regulator/Fuel High-Pressure Hose Installation
      • Throttle Body Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Throttle Body Gasket Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Throttle Position Sensor Disassembly
            • << B >> Throttle Body Disassembly
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >>A<< Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealant And Adhesive
  • Tune-Up
    • Ignition System
      • General Description
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Knock Control System Check
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Coil Check
          • < 2.4L Engine - With Built-In Ignition Power Transistor >
            • Notes
            • Secondary Coil Resistance Check
            • Primary Coil And Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Power Transistor Continuity Check
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Cable Resistance Check
        • Spark Plug Test
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 2.4L Engine >
        • Spark Plug Check And Cleaning < 3.0L Engine >
        • Camshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
        • Crankshaft Position Sensor Check
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • Ignition Secondary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 2.4L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
        • Ignition Primary Voltage Wave Pattern Check Using An Oscilloscope
          • < 3.0L Engine >
            • Measurement Method
            • Standard Wave Pattern
          • Waveform Observation Points
          • Abnormal Waveforms Examples
      • Ignition Coil
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Distributor Assembly
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Distributor Installation
      • Camshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
      • Crankshaft Position Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
      • Knock Sensor
        • Removal And Installation < 2.4L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
        • Removal And Installation < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Knock Sensor Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Knock Sensor Installation
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
    • Specifications - Charging/Starting
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • < 2.4L Engine >
        • < 3.0L Engine >
      • Service Specifications
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Drive Cycle Index
    • Drive Cycle Procedures
      • 1996 3000GT
      • 1996 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1996-98 GALANT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1996-2000 Montero
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, P0431)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997 3000GT
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421, P0431)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150, P0156)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170, P0173)
        • Monitoring Of The Other Devices
      • 1997-1999 Eclipse 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997-99 Eclipse SPYDER With 2.0L Turbo And 2.4L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420 & P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitoring
      • 1997 Mirage 1.5L & 1.8L
        • Notes
        • Catalytic converter monitor (P0420, P0421)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136)
        • Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) System Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170)
        • Other Monitors
      • 1997-2000 MONTERO SPORT, 1998-99 3000GT, 1998-2001 Diamante, 1999-2000 GALANT & 1998-2000 MIRAGE
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0420, P0421, & P0431)
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor (P0442, P0450 & P0455)
        • EGR Monitor (P0400)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0170 & P0173)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0130, P0136, P0150 & P0156)
        • Other Monitor
      • 2000 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 Eclipse & Eclipse SPYDER
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2001 GALANT, 2004-05 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero Sport
        • Notes
        • Procedure 1 - Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 2 - Fuel Trim Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 3 - Catalytic Converter Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 4 - Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Procedure 5 - Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION (EGR) System Monitor
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • PROCEDURE 6 - OTHER MONITOR (main Components, Sensors And Switches, Wire Breakage And Short Circuit)
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
      • 2001-02 Mirage
        • Notes
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor (P0421)
        • Evaporative Emission Control System Leak Monitor (P0441, P0442, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0455)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor (P0133, P0139)
        • Fuel Trim Monitor (P0171, P0172)
        • Other Monitors
      • 2001 Montero
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2001 Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-04 Diamante
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitors
      • 2002-03 Eclipse
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 GALANT & Montero Sport
        • Catalytic Converter Monitor
        • EVAP System Leak Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • Fuel Trim Monitor
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor Monitor
        • Other Monitor
      • 2002-03 Lancer, Montero & 2003 Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Test Procedure
      • 2004-05 Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer, Montero & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive cycle pattern
          • Inspection conditions
          • Test procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006-07 Eclipse, 07 Eclipse SPYDER, 2006-07 Endeavor, 2006 GALANT, 2007 GALANT 3.8L, 2006 Lancer 2.0L, 2007 Lancer
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2006 Lancer 2.4L, Lancer Evolution, Lancer SPORTBACK, Montero & Outlook
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007 GALANT 2.4L, Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2007-09 Raider
        • Notes
        • Monitor Preliminary Checks
        • Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection with Purge Monitor
        • Catalyst / O2 Monitor
        • EGR Monitor
        • O2 Sensor Heater Monitor
        • Misfire Monitor
      • 2008-10 Eclipse, Eclipse SPYDER, Endeavor, GALANT, Lancer & Outlander
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Condition
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 26
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 27
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Eclipse, Endeavor, GALANT
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 24
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 25
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L W/O Turbo & 2.4L & Outlander 2.4L & Outlander Sport
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 Lancer 2.0L Turbo
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
      • 2011-12 OUTLANTER 3.0L
        • Notes
        • Pattern 1
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 2
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 3
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 4
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 5
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 6
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 7
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 8
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 9
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 10
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 11
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 12
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 13
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 14
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 15
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 16
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 17
          • Drive Cycle Pattern
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 18
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 19
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 20
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 21
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 22
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
        • Pattern 23
          • Inspection Conditions
          • Test Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Automatic Transmission DTCS
    • Engine Performance DTCS
      • 2.4L
      • 3.0L
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • General
      • How To Use This Information
        • Maintenance, Repair And Servicing Explanations
        • On-Vehicle Service
        • Service Procedures
        • Definition Of Terms
          • Standard Value
          • Limit
          • Reference Value
          • Danger, Warning, And Caution
          • Tightening Torque Indication
          • Special Tool Note
        • Abbreviations
        • Explanation Of Repair Contents
      • Troubleshooting Guidelines
        • Verify The Complaint
        • Determine Possible Causes
        • Find The Problem
        • Repair The Problem
        • Verify The Repair
      • How To Use Troubleshooting/Inspection Service Points
        • Troubleshooting Contents
        • Standard Flow Of Diagnostic Troubleshooting
        • System Operation And Symptom Verification Tests
        • Diagnostic Function
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Chart
        • Symptom Chart
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • Symptom Procedures
        • Service Data Reference Table
        • Check At Ecu Terminals
        • Terminal Voltage Checks
        • Terminal Resistance And Continuity Checks
        • Inspection Procedures Using An Oscilloscope
        • How To Use The Inspection Procedures
        • Harness Inspection
        • Measures To Take After Replacing The Ecu
        • Connector Measurement Service Points
          • Notes
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Waterproof Connectors >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Connected < Ordinary (Non-Waterproof) Connectors >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Female Pin >
          • If Inspecting With The Connector Disconnected < When Inspecting A Male Pin >
        • Connector Inspection Service Points
          • Visual Inspection
          • Connector Pin Inspection
          • Connector Engagement Inspection
        • How To Cope With Intermittent Malfunctions
          • Notes
          • To Cope With Intermittent Malfunction
          • Simulation Tests
        • Inspection Service Points For A Blown Fuse
      • Vehicle Identification
        • Vehicle Identification Number Location
        • Vehicle Identification Code Chart Plate
        • Vehicle Identification Number List
          • Eclipse
          • Eclipse SPYDER
        • Vehicle Identification Code Plate
        • Vehicle Safety Certification Label
        • Engine Model Stamping
        • Theft Protection
        • Locations
      • Precautions Before Service
        • Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
        • How To Perform Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Writing
          • Notes
          • Writing Procedure
        • Initialization Procedure For Learning Value In MFI Engine
          • Notes
          • Initialization Procedure
        • Learning Procedure For Idling In MFI Engine
          • Purpose
          • Learning Procedure
        • Servicing Electrical System
        • Vehicle Washing
        • Applying Anti-Corrosion Agent Or Other Undercoat Agents
        • Scan Tool (Mut-III Sub Assembly)
      • Towing And Hoisting
        • Wrecker Towing Recommendation
          • Front Towing Pickup
          • Rear Towing Pickup
          • Towing When Keys Are Not Available
          • Safety Precautions
          • Lifting, Jacking Support Location
            • Notes
            • Floor Jack
            • Axle Stands And A Single-Post Lift Or Double-Post Lift
            • Plate Type Lift
      • General Data And Specifications
      • Tightening Torque
      • Lubrication And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Schedules
        • Severe Service
        • Engine Oil
        • Lubricants And Greases
        • Fuel Usage Statement
        • Gasoline Containing Alcohol
        • Gasoline Containing Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether (MTBE)
        • Materials Added To Fuel
      • Recommended Lubricants And Lubricant Capacities Table
        • Recommended Lubricants
        • Lubricant Capacity Table
        • Lubricant Selection
          • Engine Oil
          • Oil Viscosity
        • Selection Of Coolant
          • Coolant
      • Scheduled Maintenance Table
        • Scheduled Maintenance Service For Emission Control And Proper Vehicle Performance
        • General Maintenance Service For Proper Vehicle Performance
        • Scheduled Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
      • Maintenance Service
        • 1. Fuel System (Tank, Pipe Line And Connection, And Fuel Tank Filler Tube Cap) (Check For Leaks)
        • 2. Fuel Hoses (Check Condition)
        • 3. Air Cleaner Element (Replace)
          • Notes
          • Replacement Of Air Cleaner Element
        • 4. Evaporative Emission Control System (Except Evaporative Emission Canister) (Check For Leaks And Clogging)
        • 5. Spark Plugs (Replace)
        • 6. DISTRIBUTOR CAP AND ROTOR (CHECK) < 3.0L Engine >
          • Notes
          • Distributor Cap And Rotor Inspection
        • 7. Timing Belt (Replace)
          • Notes
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • 8. Drive Belt (For The Generator, Water Pump, Power Steering Pump (Check Condition)
          • Generator Drive Belt Tension Check < When Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
          • < When Using The Tension Gauge >
          • < Belt Deflection Check >
          • Generator Drive Belt Tension Adjustment
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Power Steering Oil Pump Drive Belt Tension Check And Adjustment
            • Notes
            • < When Using Scan Tool MB991958 >
            • < When Using A Tension Gauge >
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
        • 9. Exhaust System (Connection Portion Of Muffler, Muffler Pipes And Converter Heat Shields) (Check And Service)
        • 10. Engine Oil (Change)
        • 11. Engine Oil Filter (Replace)
          • Notes
          • Mitsubishi Oil Filter Part Number:
            • < 2.4L Engine >
            • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Engine Oil Filter Selection
          • Oil Filter Replacement
        • 12. Manual Transmission Oil
          • Transmission Oil Level Check
          • Transmission Oil Replacement
        • 13. Automatic Transmission Fluid Transmission Fluid Check
          • Notes
          • Transmission Fluid Change
        • 15. Engine Coolant (Change)
          • Notes
          • Changing Coolant
        • 15. Coolant Hoses (Radiator Hose, Heater Hose) (Inspect)
        • 16. Disc Brake Pads (Inspect For Wear)
        • 17. Rear Drum Brake Linings And Rear Wheel Cylinders (Except Vehicles With Disc Brakes) For All Wheels (Inspect For Wear And Leaks)
        • 18. Brake Hoses (Check For Deterioration Or Leaks)
        • 19. Ball Joint And Steering Linkage Seals (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
        • 20. Drive Shaft Boots (Inspect For Grease Leaks And Damage)
        • 21. Suspension System (Inspect For Looseness And Damage)
        • 22. SRS Air Bag (Inspect For SRS System)
          • Notes
          • SRS Warning Light Check
          • SRS Component Visual Check
          • Side Impact Sensors
          • Replace The Side Impact Sensor If It Fails The Visual Check
          • SRS Air Bag Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
          • Air Bag Module, Steering Wheel And Clock Spring
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module
          • Wiring Harness
        • 23. Tires (Rotate)
      • Main Sealant And Adhesive Table
    • General (Electrical)
      • Harness Connector Inspection
        • Connector Continuity And Voltage Test
        • Improper Terminal Engagement Check
        • Connector Terminal Engagement And Disengagement
        • Computer Connector
        • Round Waterproof Connector
        • Rectangular Waterproof Connector
        • Injector Connector
      • How To Diagnose
        • How To Diagnose
        • Troubleshooting Steps
        • Information For Diagnosis
        • Inspection
        • Inspection Instruments
        • Checking Fuses
          • Notes
          • Cautions In Event Of Blown Fuse
        • Checking Switches
        • Checking Relays
        • Cables And Wires Check
        • Battery Handling
        • General Electrical System Check
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Reset Procedure
        • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
    • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Description
        • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
        • Learned Value Reset
        • Test/Limit Value Readout
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Sensor Registration
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating & Air Conditioning
      • General Information
        • Notes
        • Safety Precautions
          • Notes
          • Operation
            • Condenser fan and radiator fan control
            • Compressor control
              • When operating the air conditioning switch
              • When operating the air outlet changeover control knob
              • When compressor locks < vehicles with 3.0 L engine >
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay ON Conditions
      • Manual A/C Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation Diagnosis
        • Heater, Air Conditioning And Ventilation Diagnostic Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: When the Ignition Switch is "ON" the A/C does not Operate.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: When the Air Outlet Changeover Control Knob is moved to Defroster or Defroster/Foot Position, the A/C or the Inside/Outside Air Changeover Damper Motor does not Operate.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: When the A/C is Operating, Temperature Inside the Passenger Compartment does not Decrease (Cool Air not Emitted).
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Blower Fan and Motor does not Turn.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Blower Fan and Motor does not Stop Turning.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: When the A/C is Operating Condenser Fan or Radiator Fan does not Turn.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: The A/C Indicator Flashes < vehicles with 3.0L engine >
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: When the Heater Control Knob is Set to the "MAX COOL" Position, the Air-Conditioning does not Cool Sufficiently.
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Warm Air does not Go Out From the Air Outlets.
            • Diagnosis
          • Check At Ecu Terminal
        • Special Tools
        • On-Vehicle Service
          • Refrigerant Level Test
          • A/C Compressor Clutch Test
          • Receiver Drier Test
          • Pressure Switch Check
          • Compressor Drive Belt Adjustment
          • Charging
            • Notes
            • Method By Using Refrigerant Recovery And Recycling Unit
            • Discharging System
            • Refilling Of Oil In The A/C System
          • Performance Test
            • Inspection Procedure
            • Performance Temperature Chart
          • Refrigerant Leak Repair Procedure
            • Lost Charge
            • Low Charge
            • Handling Tubing And Fittings
          • Compressor Noise Check
          • Adjustment
          • Inspection
            • Blower Relay Continuity Check
            • A/C Compressor Clutch Relay Continuity Check
            • Fan Control Relay Continuity Check
            • Idle-Up Operation Check
        • Heater Control Assembly And A/C Switch
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Heater Control Assembly Removal
              • << B >>Air Mix Damper Lever Cable, Air Outlet Changeover Damper Link Cable Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Heater Control Assembly Installation
          • Inspection
            • Water Shut Valve Controller Continuity Check
            • Defroster Switch Continuity Check
            • Blower Switch Assembly Continuity Check
        • Heater Unit, Heater Core, Blower Assembly And Evaporator Unit
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> A/C Pipe Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Heater Core Installation
              • >>B<< Evaporator Installation
        • Blower Assembly And Resistor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Resistor Check
            • Blower Fan And Motor Check
            • Inside/Outside Air Changeover Damper Motor Check
        • Evaporator Assembly
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Flexible Suction Hose, Liquid Pipe B, And The Expansion Disconnection
          • Inspection
            • Thermistor Sensor Inspection
        • Water Shut Motor
          • Removal And Installation
          • Inspection
            • Water Shut Motor Check
        • Compressor Assembly And Tension Pulley
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Points
              • << A >> Drive Belt Removal
              • << B >> Discharge Hose And Suction Hose Disconnection
              • << C >> Compressor Removal
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Compressor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Refrigerant Temperature Switch Check
            • A/C Compressor Clutch Operation Check
            • Revolution Pick-Up Sensor Check <3.0L Engine>
          • A/C Compressor Clutch
            • Disassembly And Assembly
            • Disassembly Service Point
              • << A >> Nut Removal
            • Assembly Service Points
              • >>A<< Clutch Coil Installation
              • >>B<< Snap Ring Installation
              • >>C<< Armature Plate Installation
              • >>D<< Nut Installation
              • >>E<< Air Gap Adjustment
        • Relief Valve
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Assembly Service Point
              • >>A<< Relief Valve Installation
        • Condenser And Condenser Fan Motor
          • Removal And Installation
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Liquid Pipe A/Discharge Hose Disconnection
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Condenser Installation
          • Inspection
            • Condenser Fan Motor Check
        • Refrigerant Line
          • Removal
            • Notes
            • Removal Service Point
              • << A >> Hose/Pipe Disconnection
              • << B >> A/C Pipe Disconnection
          • Installation
            • Notes
            • Installation Service Point
              • >>A<< Suction Hose Installation
              • >>B<< A/C Pipe Installation
        • Ventilators
          • Removal And Installation
        • Specifications
          • Fastener Tightening Specifications
          • General Specifications
          • Service Specifications
          • Lubricants
• Maintenance
  • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
    • Emissions Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance Service Reminder
      • Notes
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Note
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Notes
        • Service Reminder Reset
        • How To Set The Reminder Schedule
      • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Reset Procedure
        • Setting The Service Reminder Schedule
    • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder
      • Notes
      • Timing Chain Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
        • Description
        • Learned Value Read & Save And Write Learned Value (Changed ECU)
        • Learned Value Reset
        • Test/Limit Value Readout
    • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
      • Notes
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Notes
        • Sensor Registration
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Restraint System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • On-Board Diagnostic/SRS Warning Light Function
        • Construction Diagram
        • Warning/Caution Labels
        • Schematic
        • SRS Air Bag Special Connector
        • Squib Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Warning Light Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Configuration Diagrams
        • Circuit Diagram
        • Component Location
      • SRS Service Precautions
      • SRS Air Bag Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
            • Required Special Tools:
        • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC Chart
        • Symptom Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC 14: Analog G-sensor System in the SRS-ECU; DTC 15: Safing G-sensor Short Circuit; DTC 16: Safing G-sensor Open Circuit; DTC 17: Safing G-sensor for Side-airbag Faults; DTC 31: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High; DTC 32: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low; DTC 45: SRS-ECU Non-volatile Memory (EEPROM) and A/D Converter System; DTC 51: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC 52: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC 54: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC 55: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC 73: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) Sytem Detected Short Circuit; DTC 74: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) Sytem Detected Open Circuit; DTC 83: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit; DTC 84: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 21: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circut between Terminal of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 22: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 24: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Diagnosis
        • DTC 25: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 34: Connector Lock System Detects Connector Unlocked.
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 35: SRS-ECU Air Bag Condition Monitor Detects Deployed Air Bag.
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 41: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.23 Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 42: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.22 Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 44: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 61: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 62: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 64:Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 65: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 71: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 72: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 75: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 76: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 79: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5 for Power Supply Circuit; DTC 93: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 6 for Communication System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 81: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 82: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 85: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 86:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 89: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5 for Power Supply Circuit; DTC 96: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 6 for Communication System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 91: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 92: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1; DTC 95: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 94: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • SRS Warning Light Check
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with scan tool MB991958 is not possible with the SRS system.
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Test Equipment
      • SRS Maintenance
      • Post-Collision Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • SRS-Ecu Memory Check
        • Repair Procedure
          • When Front Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Side-Airbag Deploys In A Collision.
          • When Air Bag Does Not Deploy In Low-Speed Collision.
        • SRS-Ecu
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Front Seat Back Assembly (Side-Airbag Module)
        • Clock Spring
        • Side Impact Sensor
        • Steering Wheel, Steering Column And Intermediate Joint
        • Harness Connector
      • Individual Component Service
      • SRS Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
        • Notes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << SRS-Ecu Installation
            • >> B << Bracket Mounting Bolt (Grounding Bolt) Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
          • Inspection
      • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring
        • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • < Side-Airbag Module >
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Driver's Air Bag Module, Clock Spring >
            • < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> Driver's Air Bag Module Removal
            • << C >> Steering Wheel Removal
            • << D >> Clock Spring Removal
            • << E >> Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Clock Spring Installation
            • >> C << Steering Wheel Installation
            • >> D << Driver's Air Bag Module Installation
            • >> E << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Air Bag Module Check
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module Check
          • Clock Spring Check
      • Side Impact Sensor
        • Notes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Side Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Module Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Module Disposal
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Driver's Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Side-Airbag Module >
        • Deployment Outside The Vehicle
          • < Driver's Air Bag Module >
          • < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Outside Vehicle
          • < Side-Airbag Module >
        • Deployed Air Bag Module Disposal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
  • Passive Restraints
    • Interior
      • Seat Belt Diagnosis
        • Seat Belt Warning System Diagnosis
        • Special Tools
      • Instrument Panel Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Floor Console Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
      • Trims
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Headlining
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
      • Inside Rear View Mirror
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Inside Rear View Mirror Removal
      • Front Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Front Seat Assembly Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Front Seatback Panel Removal
        • Inspection
          • Power Seat Switch Continuity Check
        • Power Seat Motor Operation Check
      • Rear Seat Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Rear Seat Cushion Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Rear Seatback Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Front Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >>A<< Adjustable Seat Belt Anchor Installation
          • Inspection
            • Seat Belt Buckle Switch Continuity Check
      • Rear Seat Belt
        • Removal And Installation
          • < Eclipse >
          • < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Supplemental Restraint System
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • On-Board Diagnostic/SRS Warning Light Function
        • Construction Diagram
        • Warning/Caution Labels
        • Schematic
        • SRS Air Bag Special Connector
        • Squib Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Warning Light Circuit Connector Lock Switch
        • Configuration Diagrams
        • Circuit Diagram
        • Component Location
      • SRS Service Precautions
      • SRS Air Bag Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Diagnosis
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Diagnostic Function
          • How To Connect The Scan Tool (Mut-III)
            • Required Special Tools:
        • How To Read And Erase Diagnostic Trouble Codes
        • DTC Chart
        • Symptom Chart
      • Diagnostic Trouble Code Procedures
        • DTC 14: Analog G-sensor System in the SRS-ECU; DTC 15: Safing G-sensor Short Circuit; DTC 16: Safing G-sensor Open Circuit; DTC 17: Safing G-sensor for Side-airbag Faults; DTC 31: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too High; DTC 32: SRS-ECU Capacitor Circuit Voltage too Low; DTC 45: SRS-ECU Non-volatile Memory (EEPROM) and A/D Converter System; DTC 51: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC 52: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC 54: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Short Circuit; DTC 55: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib Ignition Drive Circuit) System Detected Open Circuit; DTC 73: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) Sytem Detected Short Circuit; DTC 74: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) Sytem Detected Open Circuit; DTC 83: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 3 for Ignition Drive Circuit; DTC 84: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 4 for Ignition Drive Circuit
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 21: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circut between Terminal of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 22: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 24: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • Diagnosis
        • DTC 25: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 34: Connector Lock System Detects Connector Unlocked.
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 35: SRS-ECU Air Bag Condition Monitor Detects Deployed Air Bag.
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 41: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.23 Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 42: IG1 Power Circuit System (Fuse No.22 Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Illuminate.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 43: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 1 (Light does not Switch Off.)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 44: SRS Warning Light Drive Circuit System Fault 2
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 61: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuited to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 62: Driver's Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuited to ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 64:Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 65: Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module (Squib) System Fault for Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 71: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 72: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 75: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply Circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
        • DTC 76: Right Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 79: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5 for Power Supply Circuit; DTC 93: Left Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 6 for Communication System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 81: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 1 (Short Circuit between Terminals of the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 82: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 2 (Open in the Squib Circuit)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 85: Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Power Supply circuit (Short-Circuit to Power Supply)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 86:Left Hand Side-Airbag Module (Squib) System Fault Ground Circuit (Short-Circuit to Ground)
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 89: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 5 for Power Supply Circuit; DTC 96: Right Hand Side-airbag Module (Squib) System Fault 6 for Communication System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 91: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 92: Left Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1; DTC 95: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor System for Fault 1
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • DTC 94: Right Hand Side-Impact Sensor Power Supply Circuit System
          • Notes
          • Circuit Operation
          • DTC Set Conditions
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
        • SRS Warning Light Check
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Communication with scan tool MB991958 is not possible with the SRS system.
          • Circuit Operation
          • Technical Description (Comment)
          • Troubleshooting Hints
          • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • Test Equipment
      • SRS Maintenance
      • Post-Collision Diagnosis
        • Notes
        • SRS-Ecu Memory Check
        • Repair Procedure
          • When Front Air Bags Deploy In A Collision.
          • When Side-Airbag Deploys In A Collision.
          • When Air Bag Does Not Deploy In Low-Speed Collision.
        • SRS-Ecu
        • Air Bag Modules
        • Front Seat Back Assembly (Side-Airbag Module)
        • Clock Spring
        • Side Impact Sensor
        • Steering Wheel, Steering Column And Intermediate Joint
        • Harness Connector
      • Individual Component Service
      • SRS Control Unit (SRS-Ecu)
        • Notes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << SRS-Ecu Installation
            • >> B << Bracket Mounting Bolt (Grounding Bolt) Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
          • Inspection
      • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring
        • Air Bag Modules And Clock Spring Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • < Side-Airbag Module >
          • Removal And Installation
            • < Driver's Air Bag Module, Clock Spring >
            • < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
            • << B >> Driver's Air Bag Module Removal
            • << C >> Steering Wheel Removal
            • << D >> Clock Spring Removal
            • << E >> Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Clock Spring Installation
            • >> C << Steering Wheel Installation
            • >> D << Driver's Air Bag Module Installation
            • >> E << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
          • Air Bag Module Check
          • Front Seatback Assembly With Side-Airbag Module Check
          • Clock Spring Check
      • Side Impact Sensor
        • Notes
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Negative (-) Battery Cable Disconnection
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pre-Installation Inspection
            • >> B << Side Impact Sensor Installation
            • >> C << Post-Installation Inspection
        • Inspection
      • Air Bag Module Disposal Procedures
        • Notes
        • UNDEPLOYED Air Bag Module Disposal
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Driver's Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Inside The Vehicle (When Disposing Of A Vehicle) < Side-Airbag Module >
        • Deployment Outside The Vehicle
          • < Driver's Air Bag Module >
          • < Passenger's (Front) Air Bag Module >
        • Deployment Outside Vehicle
          • < Side-Airbag Module >
        • Deployed Air Bag Module Disposal
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Service Specification
• Steering
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Steering Wheel Removal
            • << B >>Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Shaft Assembly Installation
              • < When re-using steering shaft assembly >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever with fixing band) >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever without fixing band) >
            • >> B << Steering Wheel Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >>Steering Lock Bracket/Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << B >>Gear Box Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
          • Rack
          • Pinion And Valve Assembly
          • Bearing
          • Others
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod/Tab Washer Removal
            • << B >>Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << C >>Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << D >>Seal Ring Removal
            • << E >>Ball Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
            • << F >>CIRCLIP Removal
            • << G >>Rack Removal
            • << H >>Oil Seal Removal
            • << I >>Ball Bearing Removal
            • << J >>Needle Roller Bearing Removal
            • << K >>Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >>B<< Needle Roller Bearing/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Rack Installation
            • >> E << Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> F << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> G << Oil Seal/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> H << Seal Ring Installation
            • >> I << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> J << End Plug Installation
            • >> K << Rack Support Cover/Jam Nut Installation
            • >> L << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> M << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> N << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> O << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End Jam Nut Installation
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Return Hose Installation
            • >> E << Suction Hose Installation
            • >> F << Return Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Power Steering
    • General Description
    • Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
      • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
          • Notes
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
      • Steering Angle Check
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
      • Stationary Steering Effort Check
      • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
      • Drive Belt Tension Check
      • Fluid Level Check
      • Fluid Replacement
      • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
      • Oil Pump Pressure Test
      • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
    • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >>Steering Wheel Removal
          • << B >>Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Steering Shaft Assembly Installation
            • < When re-using steering shaft assembly >
            • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever with fixing band) >
            • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever without fixing band) >
          • >> B << Steering Wheel Installation
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >>Steering Lock Bracket/Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
    • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >>Tie Rod End Disconnection
          • << B >>Gear Box Assembly Removal
      • Inspection
        • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
        • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Rack
        • Pinion And Valve Assembly
        • Bearing
        • Others
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Lubrication And Sealing Points
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >>Tie Rod/Tab Washer Removal
          • << B >>Rack Support Cover Removal
          • << C >>Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
          • << D >>Seal Ring Removal
          • << E >>Ball Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
          • << F >>CIRCLIP Removal
          • << G >>Rack Removal
          • << H >>Oil Seal Removal
          • << I >>Ball Bearing Removal
          • << J >>Needle Roller Bearing Removal
          • << K >>Oil Seal Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
          • >>B<< Needle Roller Bearing/Ball Bearing Installation
          • >> C << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
          • >> D << Rack Installation
          • >> E << Rack Bushing Installation
          • >> F << CIRCLIP Installation
          • >> G << Oil Seal/Ball Bearing Installation
          • >> H << Seal Ring Installation
          • >> I << Oil Seal Installation
          • >> J << End Plug Installation
          • >> K << Rack Support Cover/Jam Nut Installation
          • >> L << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
          • >> M << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
          • >> N << Bellows Band Installation
          • >> O << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End Jam Nut Installation
      • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
      • Inspection
    • Power Steering Hoses
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Points
          • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly Installation
          • >> B << Return Hose Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Pressure Hose Installation
          • >> D << Return Hose Installation
          • >> E << Suction Hose Installation
          • >> F << Return Hose Installation
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
      • Service Specifications
      • Lubricants
      • Sealants
  • Steering Column
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Steering Wheel Removal
            • << B >>Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Shaft Assembly Installation
              • < When re-using steering shaft assembly >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever with fixing band) >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever without fixing band) >
            • >> B << Steering Wheel Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >>Steering Lock Bracket/Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << B >>Gear Box Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
          • Rack
          • Pinion And Valve Assembly
          • Bearing
          • Others
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod/Tab Washer Removal
            • << B >>Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << C >>Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << D >>Seal Ring Removal
            • << E >>Ball Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
            • << F >>CIRCLIP Removal
            • << G >>Rack Removal
            • << H >>Oil Seal Removal
            • << I >>Ball Bearing Removal
            • << J >>Needle Roller Bearing Removal
            • << K >>Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >>B<< Needle Roller Bearing/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Rack Installation
            • >> E << Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> F << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> G << Oil Seal/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> H << Seal Ring Installation
            • >> I << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> J << End Plug Installation
            • >> K << Rack Support Cover/Jam Nut Installation
            • >> L << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> M << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> N << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> O << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End Jam Nut Installation
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Return Hose Installation
            • >> E << Suction Hose Installation
            • >> F << Return Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Steering Gear
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Steering Wheel Removal
            • << B >>Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Shaft Assembly Installation
              • < When re-using steering shaft assembly >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever with fixing band) >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever without fixing band) >
            • >> B << Steering Wheel Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >>Steering Lock Bracket/Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << B >>Gear Box Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
          • Rack
          • Pinion And Valve Assembly
          • Bearing
          • Others
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod/Tab Washer Removal
            • << B >>Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << C >>Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << D >>Seal Ring Removal
            • << E >>Ball Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
            • << F >>CIRCLIP Removal
            • << G >>Rack Removal
            • << H >>Oil Seal Removal
            • << I >>Ball Bearing Removal
            • << J >>Needle Roller Bearing Removal
            • << K >>Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >>B<< Needle Roller Bearing/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Rack Installation
            • >> E << Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> F << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> G << Oil Seal/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> H << Seal Ring Installation
            • >> I << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> J << End Plug Installation
            • >> K << Rack Support Cover/Jam Nut Installation
            • >> L << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> M << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> N << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> O << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End Jam Nut Installation
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Return Hose Installation
            • >> E << Suction Hose Installation
            • >> F << Return Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
  • Steering Linkage
    • Power Steering
      • General Description
      • Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Power Steering Diagnosis
        • Power Steering Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Excessive Play of Steering Wheel
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Difficult Steering Wheel Operation (Insufficient Power Assist)
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Rattling Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Shrill Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Squealing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 6: Hissing Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 7: Droning Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 8: Squeaking Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 9: Vibration
            • Notes
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 10: Oil Leakage from Hose Connection
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 11: Oil Leakage from Hose Assembly
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 12: Oil Leakage from Oil Reservoir
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 13: Oil Leakage from Oil Pump
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 14: Oil Leakage from Gear Box
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Steering Wheel Free Play Check
        • Steering Angle Check
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stationary Steering Effort Check
        • Steering Wheel Return To Center Check
        • Drive Belt Tension Check
        • Fluid Level Check
        • Fluid Replacement
        • Power Steering System Air Bleeding
        • Oil Pump Pressure Test
        • Power Steering Pressure Switch Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check
      • Steering Wheel And Shaft Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Steering Wheel Removal
            • << B >>Steering Shaft Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Steering Shaft Assembly Installation
              • < When re-using steering shaft assembly >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever with fixing band) >
              • < When replacing steering shaft assembly (Replacement tilt lever without fixing band) >
            • >> B << Steering Wheel Installation
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >>Steering Lock Bracket/Steering Lock Cylinder Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Steering Lock Cylinder/Steering Lock Bracket/Special Bolt Installation
      • Power Steering Gear Box Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod End Disconnection
            • << B >>Gear Box Assembly Removal
        • Inspection
          • Gear Box Total Pinion Torque Check
          • Tie Rod Swing Resistance Check
          • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
          • Rack
          • Pinion And Valve Assembly
          • Bearing
          • Others
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Lubrication And Sealing Points
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >>Tie Rod/Tab Washer Removal
            • << B >>Rack Support Cover Removal
            • << C >>Oil Seal/Pinion And Valve Assembly Removal
            • << D >>Seal Ring Removal
            • << E >>Ball Bearing/Oil Seal Removal
            • << F >>CIRCLIP Removal
            • << G >>Rack Removal
            • << H >>Oil Seal Removal
            • << I >>Ball Bearing Removal
            • << J >>Needle Roller Bearing Removal
            • << K >>Oil Seal Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >>B<< Needle Roller Bearing/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal/O-Ring Installation
            • >> D << Rack Installation
            • >> E << Rack Bushing Installation
            • >> F << CIRCLIP Installation
            • >> G << Oil Seal/Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> H << Seal Ring Installation
            • >> I << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> J << End Plug Installation
            • >> K << Rack Support Cover/Jam Nut Installation
            • >> L << Total Pinion Torque Adjustment
            • >> M << Tab Washer/Tie Rod Installation
            • >> N << Bellows Band Installation
            • >> O << Tie Rod End/Tie Rod End Jam Nut Installation
        • Tie Rod End Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Power Steering Oil Pump Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Power Steering Hoses
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Pressure Tube Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Return Hose Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Pressure Hose Installation
            • >> D << Return Hose Installation
            • >> E << Suction Hose Installation
            • >> F << Return Hose Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
        • Sealants
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
    • General Description
      • Front Suspension
      • Construction Diagram
    • Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
      • Front Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Steering Wheel is Heavy, Vibrates or Pulls to One Side
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Excessive Body Rolling
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Poor Ride
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Unequal Ride Height
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Toe-In
        • Steering Angle
        • Camber And Caster
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Strut Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Bolts Removal
      • Inspection
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Points
          • << A >> Jam Nut Removal
          • << B >> Strut Assembly Removal
        • Assembly Service Point
          • >> A << Jam Nut Installation
    • Lower Arm
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Lower Arm Clamp Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
        • Notes
        • Lower Arm Rear Bushing Replacement
    • Stabilizer Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Stabilizer Bar Removal <3.0L Engine>
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • Coil Spring < Eclipse >
        • Coil Spring < Eclipse SPYDER >
      • Service Specifications
      • Component Identification
        • Camber Adjusting Bolt
  • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
    • General Description
    • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
      • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
      • Symptom Chart
      • Symptom Procedures
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Squeaks or other Abnormal Noise
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Poor Ride
          • Diagnosis
        • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Body Tilting
          • Diagnosis
    • Special Tools
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
        • Notes
        • Toe-In
        • Camber
      • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
      • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
    • Rear Suspension Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Drain Turf Mounting Hook Removal < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • << B >> Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
          • << C >> CROSSMEMBER Mounting Nut Removal
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Stopper B/Stopper A Installation
      • Inspection
    • Upper Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Upper Arm Bracket Installation
      • Inspection
    • Trailing Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Stopper B/Stopper A Installation
      • Inspection
    • Lower Arm And Toe Control Arm Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Points
          • << A >> Toe Control Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
          • << B >> Toe Control Arm Assembly Mounting Bolt Removal
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
    • Shock Absorber Assembly
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Removal Service Point
          • << A >> Drain Turf Mounting Hook Removal < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Shock Absorber Assembly Installation
      • Inspection
      • Disassembly And Assembly
        • Notes
        • Disassembly Service Point
          • << A >> Jam Nut Removal
        • Assembly Service Points
          • >> A << Coil Spring Installation
          • >> B << Upper Bracket Assembly Installation
          • >> C << Jam Nut Installation
    • Stabilizer Bar
      • Removal And Installation
        • Notes
        • Installation Service Point
          • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
        • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • General Specifications
        • Coil Spring
      • Service Specifications
  • Wheel Alignment
    • Front Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
        • Front Suspension
        • Construction Diagram
      • Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Front Suspension Diagnosis
        • Front Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Steering Wheel is Heavy, Vibrates or Pulls to One Side
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Excessive Body Rolling
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Unequal Ride Height
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: Noise
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Front Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Toe-In
          • Steering Angle
          • Camber And Caster
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Strut Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Bolts Removal
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Jam Nut Removal
            • << B >> Strut Assembly Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Jam Nut Installation
      • Lower Arm
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Lower Arm Clamp Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Lower Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Lower Arm Rear Bushing Replacement
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Stabilizer Bar Removal <3.0L Engine>
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring < Eclipse >
          • Coil Spring < Eclipse SPYDER >
        • Service Specifications
        • Component Identification
          • Camber Adjusting Bolt
    • Rear Suspension & Wheel Alignment
      • General Description
      • Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Rear Suspension Diagnosis
        • Rear Suspension Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Squeaks or other Abnormal Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Poor Ride
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Body Tilting
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Rear Wheel Alignment Check And Adjustment
          • Notes
          • Toe-In
          • Camber
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint End Play Check
        • Ball Joint Dust Cover Inspection
      • Rear Suspension Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Drain Turf Mounting Hook Removal < Eclipse SPYDER >
            • << B >> Brake Caliper Assembly Removal
            • << C >> CROSSMEMBER Mounting Nut Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stopper B/Stopper A Installation
        • Inspection
      • Upper Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Upper Arm Bracket Installation
        • Inspection
      • Trailing Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stopper B/Stopper A Installation
        • Inspection
      • Lower Arm And Toe Control Arm Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >> Toe Control Arm And Knuckle Disconnection
            • << B >> Toe Control Arm Assembly Mounting Bolt Removal
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
        • Toe Control Arm Ball Joint Dust Cover Replacement
      • Shock Absorber Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Drain Turf Mounting Hook Removal < Eclipse SPYDER >
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Shock Absorber Assembly Installation
        • Inspection
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Jam Nut Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Coil Spring Installation
            • >> B << Upper Bracket Assembly Installation
            • >> C << Jam Nut Installation
      • Stabilizer Bar
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Stabilizer Bar/Bushing/Stabilizer Bar Bracket Installation
        • Inspection
          • Notes
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Breakaway Torque Check
          • Stabilizer Link Ball Joint Dust Cover Check
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
          • Coil Spring
        • Service Specifications
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Wheel And Tire
      • Wheel And Tire Diagnosis
        • Diagnosis
        • Wheel Balance Accuracy
          • Purpose
          • PROCEDURE < Balancing Tips >
            • Notes
            • < Confirming Proper Balance >
            • < Wheel Balancer Calibration Checks >
          • Wheel Balancer Calibration Checking Flow Chart
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Tire Inflation Pressure Check
        • Tire Wear Check
        • Wheel RUNOUT Check
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Installation Service Point
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specification
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
• Transmission
  • Clutch
    • Clutch On-Vehicle Service
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Construction Diagram
      • Clutch Diagnosis
        • Introduction To Clutch Diagnosis
        • Clutch Diagnosis Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Clutch Slips
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Gear Shift Malfunction
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Clutch Noise
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Clutch Pedal Feels "Heavy"
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 5: When the Clutch is Engaged, Abnormal Vibration Occurs.
            • Diagnosis
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Clutch Pedal Check And Adjustment
        • Clutch Bleeding
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Check
        • Clutch Interlock Switch Operating Check
        • Clutch Interlock Switch Check And Adjustment
      • Clutch Pedal
        • Removal And Installation
        • Inspection
      • Clutch Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >> Clutch Hose Removal
          • Installation Service Point
            • >> A << Clutch Hose/Clutch Tube Installation
        • Inspection
        • Clutch Master Cylinder
          • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Damper And PUSHROD Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specification
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
    • Clutch Overhaul
      • Clutch
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Release Fork Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Release Fork Installation
            • >> B << Clutch Disc And Clutch Cover Installation
            • >> C << Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << Release Fork Installation
            • >> E << Sealing Cap Installation
        • Clutch Inspection
          • Clutch Cover
          • Clutch Disc
          • Clutch Release Bearing
          • Release Fork
          • Release Fork Shaft <3.0L Engine>
      • Clutch Release Cylinder
        • Disassembly And Reassembly
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >>Piston Assembly Removal
          • Assembly Service Point
            • >> A << Piston Assembly Installation
        • Clutch Release Cylinder Inspection
          • Piston Cup
          • Release Cylinder
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Lubricants
  • Manual Trans
    • On-Vehicle Service
      • General Description
        • Notes
        • Sectional View
          • < F5M42 >
          • < F5M51 >
      • Manual Transaxle Diagnosis
        • Introduction
        • Troubleshooting Strategy
        • Symptom Chart
        • Symptom Procedures
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1: Noise, Vibration
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 2: Oil Leaks
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 3: Hard Shifting
            • Diagnosis
          • INSPECTION PROCEDURE 4: Jumps Out of Gear
            • Diagnosis
      • Special Tools
      • On-Vehicle Service
        • Transmission Oil Level Check
        • Transmission Oil Replacement
      • Transaxle Control
        • Removal And Installation
          • Notes
          • Removal Service Point
            • << A >>Shift Cable Connection (Shift Lever Side) Removal
            • << B >>Gearshift Link Clip Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Gearshift Link Clip Installation
            • >> B << Shift Cable And Select Cable Assembly/Shift Cable Connection (Transaxle Side)/Select Cable Connection (Transaxle Side) Installation
            • >> C << Shift Cable Connection (Shift Lever Side) Installation
            • >> D << Sleeve/Shift Knob Installation
        • Shift Lever Assembly
          • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Transaxle Assembly
        • Removal And Installation
          • < 2.4L Engine >
          • < 3.0L Engine >
          • Removal Service Points
            • << A >>Starter Motor Removal
            • << B >>Clutch Release Cylinder Disconnection
            • << C >>Tie Rod End/Lower Arm Disconnection
            • << D >>Clutch Release Bearing Disengagement
            • << E >>Driveshaft Disconnection
            • << F >>Driveshaft And Inner Shaft Disconnection
            • << G >>Transaxle Mount Bracket Removal
            • << H >>Engine Assembly Support
            • << I >>Transaxle Assembly Removal
          • Installation Service Points
            • >> A << Transaxle Assembly Installation
            • >> B << Transaxle Mount Stopper Installation
            • >> C << Clutch Release Bearing Engagement
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubricant
    • Overhaul
      • General Information
        • Sectional View < F5M42 >
        • Sectional View < F5M51 >
      • Special Tools
      • Transaxle
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F5M42 >
          • < F5M51 >
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Sealing Cap Removal
            • << B >> Transaxle Case Removal
            • << C >> Spring Pin Removal
            • << D >> 3RD-4TH Speed Shift Rail/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Fork/5TH Speed-Reverse Shift Rail/5TH Speed-Reverse Shift Fork Removal
            • << E >> 3RD-4TH Speed Shift Rail/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Fork/5TH-Reverse Speed Shift Rail/5TH-Reverse Speed Shift Fork Removal
            • << F >> Input Shaft And Output Shaft Removal
            • << G >> Differential/Output Shaft/Input Shaft Removal
          • Adjustment Before Assembly
            • Spacer Selection For Differential Case Preload Adjustment < F5M42 >
            • Spacer Selection For Adjusting Input Shaft End Play/Output Shaft Preload/Differential Preload < F5M51 >
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Output Shaft/Input Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Input Shaft/Output Shaft/Differential Installation
            • >> C << 5TH Speed-Reverse Shift Fork/5TH Speed-Reverse Shift Rail/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Fork/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Rail Installation
            • >> D << 5TH-Reverse Speed Shift Fork/5TH-Reverse Speed Shift Rail/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Fork/3RD-4TH Speed Shift Rail Installation
            • >> E << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> F << Spacer And Outer Race Installation
            • >> G << Transaxle Case Installation
            • >> H << Transaxle Case Installation
            • >> I << Sealing Cap Installation
            • >> J << Under Cover Installation
            • >> K << Control Housing Installation
            • >> L << Speedometer Gear Installation
            • >> M << Select Lever Installation
        • Inspection
          • Backup Light Switch
      • Input Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F5M42 >
          • < F5M51 >
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Thrust Plate Stopper Removal
            • << C >>5TH Speed Gear Removal
            • << D >>4TH Speed Gear Sleeve Removal
            • << E >> Ball Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> D << Synchronizer Spring Installation
            • >> E << Synchronizer Ring Installation
            • >> F << 3RD-4TH Speed Synchronizer Hub Installation
            • >> G << Synchronizer Sleeve Installation
            • >> H << 4TH Speed Gear Sleeve Installation
            • >> I << 5TH Speed Gear Installation
            • >> J << Thrust Plate Installation
            • >> K << Thrust Plate Stopper Installation
            • >> L << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> M << Snap Ring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Input Shaft
          • Needle Roller Bearing
          • Synchronizer Ring
          • Outer Synchronizer Ring/Inner Synchronizer Ring/Synchronizer Cone
          • Synchronizer Sleeve And Hub
          • Synchronizer Spring
          • Speed Gears
      • Output Shaft
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F5M42 >
          • < F5M51 >
          • Disassembly Service Points
            • << A >> Ball Bearing Removal
            • << B >> Taper Roller Bearing Removal
            • << C >> Reverse Gear Bearing Sleeve Removal
            • << D >> 5TH Speed-Reverse Synchronizer Hub Removal
            • << E >> 3RD Speed Gear Removal
            • << F >> 2ND Speed Gear Sleeve Removal
            • << G >> 1ST Speed Gear Sleeve Removal
            • << H >> Roller Bearing Inner Race Removal
            • << I >> Taper Roller Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> B << Roller Bearing Inner Race Installation
            • >> C << Taper Roller Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> E <<1ST Speed Gear Sleeve Installation
            • >> F << Synchronizer Spring Installation
            • >> G << 1ST-2ND Speed Synchronizer Hub Installation
            • >> H << Synchronizer Sleeve Installation
            • >> I << 2ND Speed Gear Sleeve Installation
            • >> J << 3RD Speed Gear Installation
            • >> K << Snap Ring Installation
            • >> L << 4TH Speed Gear Installation
            • >> M << 5TH Speed Gear Sleeve Installation
            • >> N << Synchronizer Spring Installation
            • >> O << Synchronizer Ring Installation
            • >> P << 5TH Speed-Reverse Synchronizer Hub Installation
            • >> Q << Synchronizer Sleeve Installation
            • >> R << Reverse Gear Sleeve Installation
            • >> S << Ball Bearing Installation
            • >> T << Taper Roller Bearing Installation
            • >> U << Snap Ring Installation
        • Inspection
          • Output Shaft
          • Needle Roller Bearing
          • Synchronizer Ring
          • Outer Synchronizer Ring/Inner Synchronizer Ring/Synchronizer Cone
          • Synchronizer Sleeve And Hub
          • Synchronizer Spring
          • Speed Gears
      • Reverse Idler Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Speedometer Gear
        • Disassembly And Assembly
      • Select Lever
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Assembly Service Point
            • << A >> Dust Cover And Select Lever Bushing Installation
      • Control Housing
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Lock Pin Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • << A >> Needle Bearing Installation
            • >> B << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> C << Air Breather Installation
            • >> D << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> E << Spring Pin Installation
            • >> F << Lock Pin Installation
      • Clutch Housing
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F5M42 >
          • < F5M51 >
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Outer Race Removal
            • << B >> Outer Race Removal
            • << C >> Outer Race Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Cover-B/Cover-A Installation
            • >> B << Bushing Installation
            • >> C << Outer Race Installation
            • >> D << Outer Race Installation
            • >> E << Outer Race Installation
            • >> F << Oil Seal Installation
            • >> G << Oil Seal Installation
      • Transmission Case
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • < F5M42 >
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Bushing Installation
            • >> B << Needle Bearing Installation
            • >> C << Oil Seal Installation
      • Differential
        • Disassembly And Assembly
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Service Point
            • << A >> Taper Roller Bearing Removal
          • Assembly Service Points
            • >> A << Spacer/Side Gear/Washer/Pinion/Pinion Shaft Installation
            • >> B << Lock Pin Installation
            • >> C << Taper Roller Bearing Installation
            • >> D << Differential Drive Gear Installation
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • General Specifications
        • Service Specifications
        • Sealants And Adhesives
        • Lubricants
        • Snap Rings, Spacers And Thrust Plate For Adjustment
          • Snap ring
          • Thrust plate < F5M42 >
          • Thrust plate < F5M51 >
          • Snap ring < F5M51 >
          • Snap ring < F5M42 >
          • Spacer < F5M51 >
          • Spacer
• External Pages